Top Banner
Nokia Siemens Networks GSM/EDGE BSS, rel. RG10(BSS), operating documentation, issue 06, Doc change delivery 2 Reference EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC DN9813242 Issue 25-5 Approval Date 2010-11-01
209
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

Nokia Siemens Networks GSM/EDGE BSS, rel. RG10(BSS), operating documentation, issue 06, Doc change delivery 2Reference

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

DN9813242

Issue 25-5Approval Date 2010-11-01

Page 2: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

2 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802990

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel, and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the documentation.

The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity, or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However, Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which may not be covered by the document.

Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO EVENT WILL Nokia Siemens Networks BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMENTA-TION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDI-RECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT.

This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.

The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.

Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.

Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2010. All rights reserved

f Important Notice on Product Safety Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment. Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures.

Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal injury or in property damage.

Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.

The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected has to comply with the applicable safety standards.

The same text in German:

Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit

In elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangsläufig bestimmte Teile der Geräte unter Span-nung. Einige Teile können auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.

Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Körperverlet-zungen und Sachschäden führen.

Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die Anlagen installiert und wartet.

Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene Geräte müssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfüllen.

Page 3: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

3

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802990

Table of ContentsThis document has 209 pages.

Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC . . . . . . . . . 15

EQC CREATE BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

EQD DELETE BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <op-tion> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . 71

EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS . . . . . . 85

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option> . . . 124

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option> . . . . . . . . . 157

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA <option>202

EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Page 4: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

4 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802990

List of FiguresFigure 1 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Figure 2 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Figure 3 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-

cies when both layers have BB hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Figure 4 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-

quencies when both layers have RF hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Figure 5 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for exam-

ple TrxFrequencyType > 0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Figure 6 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for

example TrxFrequencyType > 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Figure 7 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Figure 8 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Figure 9 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-

cies in case both layers have BB hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Figure 10 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-

quencies in case both layers have RF hopping on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Figure 11 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is,

TrxFrequencyType > 0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Figure 12 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that

is, TrxFrequencyType > 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Figure 13 TCHs after downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Page 5: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802990

List of TablesTable 1 BTS-specific parameters in command C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Table 2 SEG-specific parameters in command C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Table 3 BTS-specific parameters in command E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Table 4 SEG-specific parameters in command E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Table 5 BTS-specific parameters in command G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Table 6 SEG-specific parameters in command G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Table 7 BTS-specific parameters in command K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Table 8 SEG-specific parameters in command K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Table 9 BTS-specific parameters in command M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Table 10 SEG-specific parameters in command M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Table 11 BTS-specific parameters in command V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Table 12 SEG-specific parameters in command V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Table 13 BTS-specific parameters in command X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Table 14 SEG-specific parameters in command X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Table 15 PRFILE SW products and the corresponding parameters . . . . . . . . . 185

Page 6: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

6 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802990

Page 7: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

7

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes

Id:0900d8058080262b

Summary of changesChanges between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all changes made to previous issues.

Changes made between issues 25-5 and 25-4EQC CREATE BTS

Execution printout has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS)

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS

Execution printout 2 has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS)

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Execution printout 12 has been updated with the parameters BCSU INDEX (BCSU), PCU INDEX (PCU), PCU identifier (PCU ID), pcu object state (POS)

Changes made between issues 25-4 and 25-3EQC CREATE BTS

The default parameter values of the miscellaneous parameters have been updated. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down thresh-old and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Automatic Power down.

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

The description of parameter antenna hopping has been modified with Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus BTS updates.

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

The new parameters extended BCCH enabled (EBENA), merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled (MPE), GSM priority (GPRIO), WCDMA priority (WPRIO), Priority search threshold (PSTHR), Low priority threshold (LPTHR), Reselection algorithm hysteresis (HPRIO), and Time hysteresis (TIMEH) have been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. Command example and execution printout has been modified. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down threshold and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Auto-matic Power down.

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

The new parameters extended BCCH enabled (EBENA), merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled (MPE), GSM priority (GPRIO), WCDMA priority (WPRIO), Priority search threshold (PSTHR), Low priority threshold (LPTHR), Reselection algorithm hysteresis (HPRIO),

Page 8: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

8 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080262b

Summary of changes

and Time hysteresis (TIMEH) have been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters. The parameters DTRX power down threshold and DTRX power up threshold have been renamed to 2G TRX power down threshold and 2G TRX power up threshold due to the feature Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down renamed to 2G TRX Automatic Power down.

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS

Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus related updates are added.

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS

Flexi Multiradio and BTSplus related updates are added.

Changes made between issues 25-3 and 25-2EQC CREATE BTS

The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the table of deafult values of miscellaneous parameters.

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. A new command example and execution printout has been added.

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

The new parameter immediate SDCCH HO enabled (ISIC) has been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters.

Changes made between issues 25-2 and 25-1EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

The new parameter super radius extension (SEXT) has been added to the syntax and parameter descriptions. A new command example and execution printout has been added.

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

The new parameter super radius extension (SEXT) has been added to the execution printout of the miscellaneous parameters.

Changes made between issues 25-1 and 25-0EQC CREATE BTS

A new parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW), has been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and the execution printout have been updated accordingly.

The default values for miscellaneous parameters have been updated in the Additional information section.

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

New parameters SDCCH measurement report sending (SMREPS), interval measurement report sending (IMREPS), FACCH busy thresh-old (FACHBT), RACH busy threshold (RACHBT), repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL (RSRDL), repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL (RSRUL), repeated SACCH in DL (RSDL), repeated SACCH in UL (RSUL), enable temporary overpower (ETOP), repeated FACCH in DL

Page 9: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

9

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes

Id:0900d8058080262b

(RFDL), repeated FACCH in UL (RFUL), apply repeated FACCH (ARF), carrier unit configuration (CUCONF), and TX diversity time shift TXDIV) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execu-tion printouts have been updated accordingly. SEG-specific parameters in command M have been updated in Additional information.

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW) has been added to the exe-cution printout.

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Parameter cell number in BTS HW (CHW) has been added to the exe-cution printout.

BTSplus specific parameters have been added to the execution printout of the command.

Changes made between issues 25-0 and 24-0EQC CREATE BTS

The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Back-ground MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS), Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Background BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Back-ground Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed.

Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added to the Additional information section.

Seven new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2), DLDC enabled (DCENA), and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added to the Additional information section.

Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAM-ETERS

The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Back-ground MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), and Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS) have been removed.

The value range of parameters mobile allocation frequency list (MAL), underlay mobile allocation frequency list (UMAL), DFCA mobile alloca-

Page 10: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

10 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080262b

Summary of changes

tion frequency lists (DMAL), and DFCA unsynchronized mode MA fre-quency list (DUMAL) has been updated.

Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option>

The value range of parameter identification of BCCH frequency list (IDLE) has been updated.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

The background parameters Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Back-ground BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Background Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed.

Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

Page 11: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

11

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes

Id:0900d8058080262b

EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option>

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

New BTS-specific parameters DLDC enabled (DCENA) and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS <option>

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option>

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Five new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), and AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2) have been added and the syntax, parameter descriptions, and execution printouts have been updated accordingly.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Two new SEG-specific parameters DTRX power down threshold (PWDT) and DTRX power up threshold (PWUT) have been added to the execution printouts.

Seven new BTS-specific parameters AMR-WB codec mode set (ACMS), AMR-WB FR threshold 1 (AFRT1), AMR-WB FR threshold 2 (AFRT2), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1 (AFRH1), AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2 (AFRH2), DLDC enabled (DCENA), and PCU up to date (PUTD) have been added to the execution printouts.

The background parameters Background Used MAL ID (BMAL), Back-ground MAIO Offset (BMO), Background Underlay MAL ID (BUMAL), Background Underlay MAIO Offset (BUMO), Background MAIO Step (BMS), Background Underlay MAIO Step (BUMS), Background BSIC BCC (BBCC), Background BSIC NCC (BNCC), Background BTS Hopping Mode (BHOP), Background Underlay BTS Hopping Mode (BUHOP), Background Hopping Sequence Number 1 (BHSN1), Back-ground Hopping Sequence Number 2 (BHSN2), and Background Underlay Hopping Sequence Number (BUHSN) have been removed.

Information about the use of DFCA MA lists has been added to the exe-cution printouts.

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

Page 12: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

12 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080262b

Summary of changes

EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE

BTS background data state has been removed from the execution print-outs.

Changes made between issues 24-0 and 23-2EQC CREATE BTS

Parameters GPRS not allowed access classes (GACC),GPRS cell barred (GBAR),GPRS cell reselect hysteresis (GHYS),C31 hysteresis (CHYS),C32 qual (QUAL),reselection time (RES),AMR FR threshold 1 (FRT1),AMR FR threshold 2 (FTR2),AMR FR threshold 3 (FTR3),AMR HR threshold 1 (HRT1),AMR HR threshold 2 (HRT2),AMR HR thresh-old 3 (HRT3),PBCCH blocks (PBB),PAGCH blocks (PAB),PRACH blocks (PRB),calculation of minimum number of slots (CALC),GPRS number of slots spread transmission (GSLO),GPRS max number of retransmission (GRET),GPRS FDD Cell Reselect Offset (GFDD), and GPRS Minimum FDD Threshold (GFDM) have been removed.

Parameters extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled (EXGENA),extended cell location keep period (EXKEEP),DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (DCSEA),DL coding scheme in ext area unac-knowledged mode (DCSEU),UL coding scheme in ext area acknowl-edged mode (UCSEA),UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (UCSEU),initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode (MCEA),initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode (MCEU),AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1),AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2),AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3),AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1),AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2),AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3),AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1),AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2),AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3),AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1),AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2),AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3),minimum FDD threshold offset (FDMO),minimum RSCP threshold (FDR),AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL),AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU), and AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT) have been added to the Additional information section.

The names of parameters threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP), and fdd cell reselect offset (FDD) have been changed to threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP), and fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD).

The unit of measurement in the default values of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated.

EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

Parameters GPRS not allowed access classes (GACC) and GPRS cell barred (GBAR) have been removed.

EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS

Page 13: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

13

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC Summary of changes

Id:0900d8058080262b

Parameters GPRS cell reselect hysteresis (GHYS),C31 hysteresis (CHYS),C32 qual (QUAL), and reselection time (RES) have been removed.

EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS

Parameters PBCCH blocks (PBB),PAGCH blocks (PAB), and PRACH blocks (PRB) have been removed.

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

The names of parameters threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP), and fdd cell reselect offset (FDD) have been changed to threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP), and fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD).

Optionality for parameters threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRI),gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells (QSRP),fdd and tdd cell reselect offset (FDD),gprs fdd cell reselect offset (GFDD),minimum fdd threshold (FDM), and gprs minimum fdd threshold (GFDM) has been added to the syntax.

Parameters calculation of minimum number of slots (CALC),GPRS number of slots spread transmission (GSLO),GPRS max number of retransmission (GRET),GPRS FDD Cell Reselect Offset (GFDD), and GPRS Minimum FDD Threshold (GFDM) have been removed.

Parameters minimum fdd threshold offset (FDMO),minimum RSCP threshold (FDR),AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources (AFRL), and AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources (AFRU) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, additional information, and the exe-cution printouts have been updated accordingly.

The value range for Flexi EDGE base station has been added to the description of parameter radius extension (EXT).

The description of parameter gprs threshold to search WCDMA RAN cells (QSRP) has been updated.

The unit of measurement in the value range of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated. The execution printout has been updated accordingly.

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Parameters extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled (EXGENA),extended cell location keep period (EXKEEP),DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode (DCSEA),DL coding scheme in ext area unac-knowledged mode (DCSEU),UL coding scheme in ext area acknowl-edged mode (UCSEA),UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode (UCSEU),initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode (MCEA), and initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode (MCEU) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, additional information, and the execution printouts have been updated accordingly.

The parameter values of EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays (EAW) have been updated.

Page 14: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

14 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080262b

Summary of changes

New abbreviations BL-SY and WO-EX have been added to the print-outs.

EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS

The description of parameters QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QGURT) and QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold (QEURT) has been updated.

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Parameters AMR FR DL threshold 1 (FRTD1),AMR FR DL threshold 2 (FRTD2),AMR FR DL threshold 3 (FRTD3),AMR FR UL threshold 1 (FRTU1),AMR FR UL threshold 2 (FRTU2),AMR FR UL threshold 3 (FRTU3),AMR HR DL threshold 1 (HRTD1),AMR HR DL threshold 2 (HRTD2),AMR HR DL threshold 3 (HRTD3),AMR HR UL threshold 1 (HRTU1),AMR HR UL threshold 2 (HRTU2),AMR HR UL threshold 3 (HRTU3), and AMR HR radio link timeout (AHRLT) have been added, and the syntax, parameter explanations, command example, and the execution printout have been updated accordingly.

Parameters AMR FR threshold 1 (FRT1),AMR FR threshold 2 (FTR2),AMR FR threshold 3 (FTR3),AMR HR threshold 1 (HRT1),AMR HR threshold 2 (HRT2), and AMR HR threshold 3 (HRT3) have been removed.

The value range of parameter AMR HR hysteresis 3 (HRH3) has been corrected.

The description of parameters AMR FR hysteresis 1 (FRH1),AMR FR hysteresis 2 (FRH2), and AMR FR hysteresis 3 (FRH3),AMR HR hys-teresis 1 (HRH1),AMR HR hysteresis 2 (HRH2), and AMR HR hystere-sis 3 (HRH3) has been updated.

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Execution printouts have been updated because of the new and removed parameters. Also the execution printout abbreviations section has been updated.

New abbreviations BL-SY and WO-EX have been added to the print-outs.

Description of abbreviation BL-SWO has been updated, and abbrevia-tions BL-CF,BL-CU, and BL-FU have been removed.

The unit of measurement of parameters DL noise level (DLN) and UL noise level (ULN) has been updated in the execution printout.

Page 15: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

15

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING INBSC

Id:0900d8058061d1b5

EQ - BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSCThe commands of this command group are used for handling the BTS parameters and SEG parameters when the segment usage <option> is ON in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

Menu of the command group:

BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION HANDLING IN BSC COMMANDS? ..... DISPLAY MENUC: ..... CREATE BTSD: ..... DELETE BTSA: ..... MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERSB: ..... MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option>E: ..... MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERSF: ..... MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERSG: ..... MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERSH: ..... MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERSJ: ..... MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERSK: ..... MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERSM: ..... MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERST: ..... MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option>V: ..... MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>N: ..... MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERSX: ..... MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option>Y: ..... MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>Q: ..... CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELLS <option>O: ..... OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERSI: ..... OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA <option>U: ..... CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>S: ..... CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATEZ; ..... RETURN TO MAIN LEVEL

Page 16: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

16 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

EQC CREATE BTSFunction With this command you create a BTS into the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configu-

ration Database). After the creation, the BTS is in LOCKED state.

Parameters BCF identification, BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>, reference BTS identification, reference BTS name: cell identity, fre-quency band in use, cell number in BTS HW: network colour code, BTS colour code: mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code: BTS hopping mode, underlay BTS hopping mode <option>, hopping sequence number 1, hopping sequence number 2, underlay hopping sequence number <option>: GPRS enabled <option>, routing area code <option>, network service entity identifier <option>, transport type <option>, packet service entity identifier <option>;

Syntax

EQC : BCF = <BCF identification>, BTS = <BTS identification>, [[ NAME = <BTS name> | <no name> def ] [ SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | <BTS identification> def ] [ SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> | <BTS name> def ] [ REF = <reference BTS identification> | RNAME= <reference BTS name> ]] :

CI = <cell identity>,BAND = <frequency band in use> CHW = <cell number in BTS HW> :

NCC = <network colour code>, BCC = <BTS colour code> :

MCC = <mobile country code>, MNC = <mobile network code>, LAC = <location area code> :

[[ HOP = <BTS hopping mode> | N def ] [ UHOP = <underlay BTS hopping mode> <option> | N def ] HSN1 = <hopping sequence number 1> | HSN2 = <hopping sequence number 2> | UHSN = <underlay hopping sequence number> <option> ] ... :

[[ GENA = <GPRS enabled> | N def <option> ] [ RAC = <routing area code> | 255 def <option> ] [[ NSEI = <network service entity identifier> <option> ] | [ TRAT = <transport type> | ANY def <option> ] | [ PSEI = <packet service entity identifier> ]]] <option> ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BCF identification

BCF = decimal number

Page 17: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

17

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

With this parameter you identify the BCF. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

The parameter is obligatory.

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS to be created. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

The parameter is obligatory.

When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not pre-sented are initialised with a SEG-specific value. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you name the BTS. The name must be unique in the BSC. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.

The default is that the BTS does not have a name.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, the MML checks, according to the following table, whether the same SEG identification has been created earlier:

When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not pre-sented are initialised with SEG-specific values. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.

The default is the same as the BTS identification number.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you name the segment. The name must be unique in the BSC. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.

SEG identification does not exist: The segment is being created for the first time so all parameters are presented. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command C and SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.

SEG identification exists: The segment has already been created earlier so now only BTS-specific parameters are presented. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.

Page 18: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

18 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

If you give this parameter, the MML checks, according to the following table, whether the same segment name has been created earlier:

When the segment contains more than one BTS, the parameters which are not pre-sented are initialised with SEG-specific values. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.

The default is the same as the BTS name when you create a new segment.

reference BTS identification

REF = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the reference BTS. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter RNAME.

If a reference BTS is used, the system inquires the parameter values of that BTS from the BSDATA. During creation, the reference BTS parameter values are used for the required BTS parameters. The BCCH list relation is copied from the reference BTS. Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are also copied from the reference BTS to the BTS traffic types. When the segment contains more than one BTS, the BCCH list relation and Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are not copied from the reference BTS.

When the segment contains more than one BTS, only BTS-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. When you create a new segment, BTS-specific and segment-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. For more information, see section Additional infor-mation.

If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS parameters during creation. For more information, see section Additional information.

reference BTS name

RNAME = text string

With this parameter you give the name of the reference BTS. The BTS name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter REF.

If a reference BTS is used, the system inquires the parameter values of that BTS from the BSDATA. During creation, the reference BTS parameter values are used for the required BTS parameters. The BCCH list relation is copied from the reference BTS. Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are also copied from the reference BTS to the BTS traffic types. When the segment contains more than one BTS, the BCCH

SEG name does not exist: The segment is being created for the first time so all parameters are presented. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command C and SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.

SEG name exists: The segment has already been created earlier so now only BTS-specific parameters are presented. See table SEG-specific parameters in command C in section Additional information.

Page 19: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

19

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

list relation and Trunk reservation decision threshold table relations are not copied from the reference BTS.

When the segment contains more than one BTS, only BTS-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. When you create a new segment, BTS-specific and segment-specific parameters are copied to the BTS. For more information, see section Additional infor-mation.

If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS parameters during creation. For more information, see section Additional information.

cell identity

CI = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.

frequency band in use

With this parameter you indicate the frequency band used in the BTS. The frequency bands are GSM 800 (800), GSM 900 (900), GSM 1800 (1800), and GSM 1900 (1900). The values are:

The parameter is obligatory.

Cell Number In BTS HW

With this parameter you define the Cell Number, which is used in BTSplus, to associate the HW with the functional object BTS. BTSplus is the only site that uses this parameter.

network colour code

NCC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the network colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.

BTS colour code

BCC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.

mobile country code

MCC = decimal number

Parameter Value Explanation

BAND = 800 ARFCN 128...251

900 ARFCN 1...124 and 975...1023, 0

1800 ARFCN 512...885

1900 ARFCN 512...810

Page 20: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

20 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number. The values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.

mobile network code

MNC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the mobile network code number. The values range from 0 to 99. Optional values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.

☞ Because the value of the mobile network code parameters (MNC, MNC1...MNC10, BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binary-coded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed.

location area code

LAC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the location area code number. The values range from 1 to 65533. The parameter is obligatory when segment usage <option> is OFF or when you create a new segment.

BTS hopping mode

With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. In the case of hopping intelligent underlay-overlay (IUO), you define the hopping mode of the overlay layer. The values are:

If you enter the value BB, you must also enter both parameters HSN1 and HSN2.

If you enter the value RF, you must also enter the parameter HSN1. Note that radio fre-quency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.

If you enter the value N, parameters HSN1 and HSN2 are optional.

BB hopping and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.

g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.

underlay BTS hopping mode <option>

With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer. The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

HOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.

RF Radio frequency hopping is used.

N Hopping is not used.

Parameter Value Explanation

UHOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.

RF Radio frequency hopping is used.

Page 21: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

21

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

If you enter the value BB or RF, you must also enter the parameter UHSN.

If you enter the value N, parameter UHSN is optional.

Radio frequency hopping is not supported in the 2nd generation base stations.

BB hopping and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.

g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.

hopping sequence number 1

With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 1 and in RF hopping. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.

In baseband hopping, HSN1 is used with hopping group 1. The time-slot 0 of each TRX, except the BCCH TRX, belongs to this group.

In radio frequency hopping, HSN1 is used with all the time-slots of a hopping TRX. The BCCH TRX does not hop when RF hopping has been selected.

The values are:

hopping sequence number 2

With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 2. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence gen-eration algorithm.

In baseband hopping, HSN2 is used with the hopping group 2. The time-slots 1 - 7 of each TRX, including the BCCH TRX, belong to this group.

In radio frequency hopping, HSN2 is not used.

The values are:

underlay hopping sequence number <option>

With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in the underlay layer of the IUO cell. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.

The values are:

N Hopping is not used.

Parameter Value Explanation

HSN1 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.

1 - 63 Random hopping is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

HSN2 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.

1 - 63 Random hopping is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 22: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

22 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

GPRS enabled <option>

With this parameter you enable or disable the GPRS capability in the cell.

routing area code <option>

RAC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number. The values range from 0 to 255.

network service entity identifier <option>

NSEI = decimal number

With this parameter you can manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG will be connected. If you give this parameter, the PCU selection algorithm is not used. The routing area must be created and the network service entity identifier must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using.

You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters TRAT or PSEI.

transport type <option>

With this parameter you can manually select the transport type of the network service entity identifier which the BTS/SEG will use. This parameter is used in the PCU selection algorithm. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. The default is that no transport type is preferred in network service entity identifier selection.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or PSEI.

packet service entity identifier <option>

PSEI = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the PSE object in the BSC. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y.

Parameter Value Explanation

UHSN = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.

1 - 63 Random hopping is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

GENA = Y GPRS is enabled.

N GPRS is disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

TRAT= IP NSEI which uses IP transport is selected.

FR NSEI which uses FR transport is selected.

ANY No transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.

Page 23: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

23

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or TRAT.

Examples 1. Create BTS-20 (CENTRUM1) into the BSDATA. A reference BTS-1 is used to obtain base values for other BTS parameters used in the creation. Baseband frequency hopping is used.

ZEQC:BCF=2,BTS=20,NAME=CENTRUM1,REF=1:CI=33,BAND=900: NCC=3,BCC=4:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344:HOP=BB,UHOP=BB,HSN1=2,HSN2=3,UHSN=5;

2. Create BTS-20 (CENTRUM1) into the BSDATA. In the creation, default values are used for other BTS parameters.

ZEQC:BCF=2,BTS=20,NAME=CENTRUM1:CI=33,BAND=900:NCC=3,BCC=4:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344:HOP=N;

Additional informa-tion

Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) = BCC + NCC. Location Area Identification (LAI) = MCC + MNC + LAC.

If the warning

BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY NOT UNIQUE IN ADJACENCY DEFINITIONS

is output, give the MML command EAT to find out adjacent cell pairs whose parameter combination BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY is not unique anymore.

The following figures illustrate baseband hopping and radio frequency hopping with regular or with both regular and super-reuse frequencies. Note that BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.

Figure 1 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies

LAYER

overlay

(regular

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL0

RTSL1

RTSL2

RTSL3

RTSL4

RTSL5

RTSL6

RTSL7

BCCH

HSN1

HSN2

Page 24: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

24 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

Figure 2 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies

Figure 3 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-cies when both layers have BB hopping on

LAYER

overlay(regular

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL

0

RTSL

1

RTSL

2

RTSL

3

RTSL

4

RTSL

5

RTSL

6

RTSL

7

BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)

HSN1

LAYER

overlay

(regular

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL

0

RTSL

1

RTSL

2

RTSL

3

RTSL

4

RTSL

5

RTSL

6

RTSL

7

BCCH

HSN1

underlay

(super-reuse

frequencies)

TRX-4

TRX-5

TRX-6

HSN2

UHSN

Page 25: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

25

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

Figure 4 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-quencies when both layers have RF hopping on

Figure 5 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0)

LAYER

overlay(regularfrequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL0

RTSL1

RTSL2

RTSL3

RTSL4

RTSL5

RTSL6

RTSL7

underlay(super-reuse

frequencies)

TRX-4

TRX-5

TRX-6

HSN1

BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)

UHSN

LAYER

underlay(super-reusefrequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL

0

RTSL

1

RTSL

2

RTSL

3

RTSL

4

RTSL

5

RTSL

6

RTSL

7

BCCH

HSN1

UHSN

Page 26: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

26 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

Figure 6 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (for example TrxFrequencyType > 0)

If a reference BTS is not used, the system uses the default values for the required BTS and segment parameters during creation.

The default values for cell access parameters are:

LAYER

underlay(super-reuse

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL0

RTSL1

RTSL2

RTSL3

RTSL4

RTSL5

RTSL6

RTSL7

BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)

UHSN

Name Parameter Default value More information

CELL BARRED BAR N SEG-specific parameter

CALL RE-ESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED

RE N SEG-specific parameter

EMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED

EC N SEG-specific parameter

PLMN PERMITTED PLMN NETWORK COLOUR CODE

SEG-specific parameter

NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES

ACC – SEG-specific parameter

ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND

DBC Y for Dual Band cells. N for cells that do not belong to the frequency bands of the Dual Band.

SEG-specific parameter

DIRECTED RETRY USED

DR N SEG-specific parameter

INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED

IDR N SEG-specific parameter

CELL TYPE CTY GSM SEG-specific parameter

MIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY

MIDR 0 SEG-specific parameter

MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY

MADR 5 SEG-specific parameter

Page 27: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

27

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

The default values for radio link control DL parameters are:

The default values for queuing parameters are:

DIRECTED RETRY METHOD

DRM 0 SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS

HYS 4 dB SEG-specific parameter

MS TXPWR MAX CCH

TXP1 33 dBm SEG-specific parameter

MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00

TXP2 30 dBm SEG-specific parameter

RXLEV ACCESS MIN

RXP -105 dBm SEG-specific parameter

RADIO LINK TIMEOUT

RLT 20 SACCH blocks SEG-specific parameter

POWER OFFSET PO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter

GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN

GRXP -105 dBm SEG-specific parameter

GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH

GTXP1 33 dBm SEG-specific parameter

GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00

GTXP2 30 dBm SEG-specific parameter

GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT

GPU -95 dBm BTS-specific parameter

GPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT

GPL -100 dBm BTS-specific parameter

DIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD

DIRE 0 SEG-specific parameter

RA RESELECT HYSTERESIS

RRH 4 dB SEG-specific parameter

PRIORITY CLASS PRC 0 SEG-specific parameter

HCS THRESHOLD HCS - SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

MAX QUEUE LENGTH

MQL 50% SEG-specific parameter

TIME LIMIT CALL TLC 10 SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 28: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

28 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

The default values for CCH configuration parameters are:

The default values for interference averaging parameters are:

TIME LIMIT HANDOVER

TLH 5 SEG-specific parameter

QUEUE PRIORITY USED

QPU Y SEG-specific parameter

QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL

QPC 10 SEG-specific parameter

QUEUEING PRIORITY HANDOVER

QPH 9 SEG-specific parameter

QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER

QPN 9 SEG-specific parameter

MS PRIORITY USED

MPU Y SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG

AG 1 SEG-specific parameter

NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES

MFR 4 SEG-specific parameter

TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING

PER 0.5 HOURS SEG-specific parameter

ALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH

ATT Y SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

C/N THRESHOLD CNT 0 (NOT USED) BTS-specific parameter

AVERAGING PERIOD

AP 6 SEG-specific parameter

BOUNDARY 0 BO0 -110 dBm BTS-specific parameter

BOUNDARY 1 BO1 -105 dBm BTS-specific parameter

BOUNDARY 2 BO2 -100 dBm BTS-specific parameter

BOUNDARY 3 BO3 -095 dBm BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 29: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

29

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

The default values for miscellaneous parameters are:

BOUNDARY 4 BO4 -090 dBm BTS-specific parameter

BOUNDARY 5 BO5 -047 dBm BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

DTX MODE DTX 2 SEG-specific parameter

BTS MEASURE AVERAGE

BMA 1 SEG-specific parameter

MS TX PWR MAX GSM

PMAX1 33 dBm SEG-specific parameter

MS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00

PMAX2 30 dBm SEG-specific parameter

MS TXPWR MIN PMIN 5 dBm in GSM 800 and GSM 900 / 0 dBm in GSM 1800 and GSM 1900

BTS-specific parameter

MAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION

RET 4 SEG-specific parameter

MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION

NY1 5 SEG-specific parameter

NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS

SLO 10 SEG-specific parameter

SMS CB USED CB N SEG-specific parameter

BTS LOAD THRESHOLD

BLT 70% SEG-specific parameter

MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SET-UP

DMAX 255 (NO REJECTION)

SEG-specific parameter

TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION

TRP 0 SEG-specific parameter

CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH

CLC 0% SEG-specific parameter

RX DIVERSITY RDIV N BTS-specific parameter

TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER

TRIH 0 SEG-specific parameter

THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS

QSRI never SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 30: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

30 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS

QSRP never SEG-specific parameter

FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET

FDD N SEG-specific parameter

LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES

FRL 100% SEG-specific parameter

UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES

FRU 0% SEG-specific parameter

AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES

AFRL 100% SEG-specific parameter

AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES

AFRU 0% SEG-specific parameter

NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT

NECI N SEG-specific parameter

RADIUS EXTENSION

EXT 0 BTS-specific parameter

SUPER RADIUS EXTENSION

SEXT 0 BTS-specific parameter

MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING

MBR 1 SEG-specific parameter

EARLY SENDING INDICATION

ESI Y SEG-specific parameter

NON BCCH LAYER OFFSET

NBL 0 dBm BTS-specific parameter

BTS LOAD IN SEG LSEG 70 BTS-specific paramete

SCALE ORD SCO 0 SEG-specific parameter

AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD

AUT N SEG-specific parameter

AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD

ALT N SEG-specific parameter

AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL

AML N SEG-specific parameter

TRHO GUARD TIME

TGT N SEG-specific parameter

DL NOISE LEVEL DLN -117 dBm BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 31: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

31

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

UL NOISE LEVEL ULN -117 dBm BTS-specific parameter

STIRC ENABLED STIRC N BTS-specific parameter

EXTENDED BCCH ENABLED

EBENA N SEG-specific parameter

IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED

ISIC 0 BTS-specific parameter

2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD

PWDT 0 SEG-specific parameter

2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD

PWUT 4 SEG-specific parameter

MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED

MPE N SEG-specific parameter

CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX

PI N SEG-specific parameter

CELL BAR QUALIFY

QUA N SEG-specific parameter

CELL RESELECT OFFSET

REO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter

TEMPORARY OFFSET

TEO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter

PENALTY TIME PET 20 s SEG-specific parameter

MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD

FDM -12 dB SEG-specific parameter

MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET

FDMO 0 dB SEG-specific parameter

MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD

FDR -102 dB SEG-specific parameter

DFCA MODE DMOD OFF BTS-specific parameter

FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD

FHR 15 BTS-specific parameter

FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD

FHT 0 BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 32: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

32 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD

FAHT 0 BTS-specific parameter

FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS

FHH 3 BTS-specific parameter

IBHO GSM ENABLED

IGE N SEG-specific parameter

IBHO WCDMA ENABLED

IWE N SEG-specific parameter

SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING

SMREPS N BTS-specific parameter

INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING

IMREPS 8 BTS -specific parameter

FACH BUSY THRESHOLD

FACHBT 109 dBm BTS -specific parameter

RACH BUSY THRESHOLD

RACHBT 109 dBm BTS -specific parameter

REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL

RSRDL 10 SEG -specific parameter

REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL

RSRUL 7 SEG -specific parameter

REPEATED SACCH IN DL

RSDL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter

REPEATED SACCH IN UL

RSUL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter

ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER

ETOP DISABLED SEG -specific parameter

REPEATED FACCH IN DL

RFDL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter

REPEATED FACCH IN UL

RFUL DISABLED SEG -specific parameter

APPLY REPEATED FACCH

ARF N SEG -specific parameter

CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION

CUCONF HOMOGENEOUS BTS -specific parameter

TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT

TXDIV DISABLED BTS -specific parameter

GSM PRIORITY GPRIO 7 SEG -specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 33: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

33

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

The default values for trunk reservation parameters are:

TRAFFIC TYPE TABLE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) - 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) - 3 (GSM HANDOVER) - 4 (MCN HANDOVER) - 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) - 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 -

The default values for data service parameters are:

WCDMA PRIORITY WPRIO 6 SEG -specific parameter

PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD

PSTHR 15 SEG -specific parameter

LOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD

LPTHR 15 SEG -specific parameter

RESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS

HPRIO 0 SEG -specific parameter

TIME HYSTERESIS

TIMEH 1 SEG -specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

TRUNK RESERVATION USED

TR N SEG-specific parameter

LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS

LIMIT 16 SEG-specific parameter

TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS

TCRP 0 SEG-specific parameter

RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS

RUP Y SEG-specific parameter

RESERVATION METHOD

REM DYN SEG-specific parameter

TRAFFIC TYPES TT - SEG-specific parameter

TABLE IDENTIFICATION

TBL - SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 34: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

34 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

The default values for GPRS parameters are:

Name Parameter Default value More information

HSCSD TCH CAPACITY MINIMUM

HTM 100% SEG-specific parameter

HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT

HCU 100% SEG-specific parameter

HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT

HCL 100% SEG-specific parameter

HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT

HRCU 100% SEG-specific parameter

HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME

HUT 0 SECONDS SEG-specific parameter

HSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME

HDT 0 SECONDS SEG-specific parameter

HSCSD UPGRADE GAIN

HUG 0% SEG-specific parameter

HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST

HME 1 SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

GPRS ENABLED GENA N SEG-specific parameter

EGPRS ENABLED EGENA N BTS-specific parameter

ROUTING AREA CODE

RAC 255 SEG-specific parameter

DEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY

CDED 0% BTS-specific parameter

DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY

CDEF 1% BTS-specific parameter

MAX GPRS CAPACITY

CMAX 100% BTS-specific parameter

PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS

BFG 0 SEG-specific parameter

DL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD

DLA 20% SEG-specific parameter

UL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD

ULA 10% SEG-specific parameter

Page 35: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

35

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP

DLB 90% SEG-specific parameter

UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP

ULB 90% SEG-specific parameter

DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP

DLBH 20% SEG-specific parameter

UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP

ULBH 24% SEG-specific parameter

CODING SCHEME NO HOP

COD 2 SEG-specific parameter

CODING SCHEME HOP

CODH 0 SEG-specific parameter

INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE

MCA 6 SEG-specific parameter

INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE

MCU 5 SEG-specific parameter

MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE

BLA 90 SEG-specific parameter

MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE

BLU 10 SEG-specific parameter

MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK

MBG 0 SEG-specific parameter

MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK

MBP 0 SEG-specific parameter

EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED

ELA 2 SEG-specific parameter

CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED

CS34 N BTS-specific parameter

DL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE

DCSA 1 BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 36: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

36 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE

UCSA 1 BTS-specific parameter

DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE

DCSU 1 BTS-specific parameter

UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE

UCSU 1 BTS-specific parameter

ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM

ALA Y BTS-specific parameter

EXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED

EXGENA N SEG-specific parameter

EXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD

EXKEEP 15 s SEG-specific parameter

DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE

DCSEA 0 BTS-specific parameter

DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE

DCSEU 0 BTS-specific parameter

UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE

UCSEA 0 BTS-specific parameter

UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE

UCSEU 0 BTS-specific parameter

INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE

MCEA 1 SEG-specific parameter

INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE

MCEU 1 SEG-specific parameter

NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER

NSEI – SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 37: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

37

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

The default values for AMR parameters are:

TRANSPORT TYPE

TRAT ANY SEG-specific parameter

PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER

PSEI - SEG-specific parameter

BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4

TFU 12 BTS-specific parameter

BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4

TFD 12 BTS-specific parameter

BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4

TFUM1 16 BTS-specific parameter

BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9

TFUM 30 BTS-specific parameter

BTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9

TFDM 30 BTS-specific parameter

EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS

EAW NONE BTS-specific parameter

EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME

EAS 08-00 BTS-specific parameter

EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME

EAE 18-00 BTS-specific parameter

DLDC ENABLED DCENA N BTS-specific parameter

PCU UP TO DATE PUTD Y BTS-specific parameter

DTM ENABLED DENA N SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT

ARLT 20 SACCH blocks SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 38: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

38 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

AMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT

AHRLT 20 SACCH blocks SEG-specific parameter

AMR FR CODEC MODE SET

FRC 12.2 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s

BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR CODEC MODE SET

HRC 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/s

BTS-specific parameter

AMR-WB CODEC MODE SET

ACMS N BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR START MODE

FRS 00 BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)

FRI 0 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 1

FRTD1 4 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 2

FRTD2 7 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 3

FRTD3 11 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 1

FRTU1 4 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 2

FRTU2 7 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 3

FRTU3 11 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 1

HRTD1 11 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 2

HRTD2 14 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 3

HRTD3 0 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 1

HRTU1 11 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 2

HRTD2 14 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR UL THRESHOLD 3

HRTD3 0 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR HYSTERESIS 1

FRH1 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR HYSTERESIS 2

FRH2 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter

AMR FR HYSTERESIS 3

FRH3 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR START MODE

HRS 00 BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 39: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

39

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

The default values for BCCH frequency list usage parameters are:

The default values for frequency hopping parameters are:

AMR HR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)

HRI 0 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR HYSTERESIS 1

HRH1 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR HYSTERESIS 2

HRH2 2 (1 dB) BTS-specific parameter

AMR HR HYSTERESIS 3

HRH3 0 (0 dB) BTS-specific parameter

AMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 1

AFRT1 4 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 2

AFRT2 7 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 1

AFRH1 2 dB BTS-specific parameter

AMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 2

AFRH2 2 dB BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

IDENTIFICATION OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST

IDLE 0 (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)

SEG-specific parameter

BCCH ALLOCATION USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS

ACT ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)

SEG-specific parameter

MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST

MEAS 1 (YES) SEG-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST

MAL – BTS-specific parameter

UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST

UMAL – BTS-specific parameter

MAIO OFFSET MO 0 BTS-specific parameter

UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET

UMO 0 BTS-specific parameter

MAIO STEP MS 1 BTS-specific parameter

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 40: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

40 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

The NECI and C2 cell reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) are not relevant in GSM phase 1.

UNDERLAY MAIO STEP

UMS 1 BTS-specific parameter

DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST

DMAL – BTS-specific parameter

DFCA MA LIST OPERATION

OPE – BTS-specific parameter

DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQUENCY LIST

DUMAL – BTS-specific parameter

Parameter Name

BCF BCF identification

BTS BTS identification

NAME BTS name

REF reference BTS identification

RNAME reference BTS name

BAND frequency band in use

HOP BTS hopping mode

UHOP underlay BTS hopping mode

HSN1 hopping sequence number 1

HSN2 hopping sequence number 2

UHSN underlay hopping sequence number

Table 1 BTS-specific parameters in command C

Parameter Name

SEG SEG identification

SEGNAME SEG name

CI cell identity

NCC network colour code

BCC BTS colour code

MCC mobile country code

MNC mobile network code

LAC location area code

GENA GPRS enabled

Table 2 SEG-specific parameters in command C

Name Parameter Default value More information

Page 41: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

41

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

When the first BTS of the segment is created, the system creates the GPC object. The parameters are SEG-specific. The following default values are used:

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQC:BCF=20,BTS=1,SEGNAME=BIGCENTRUM020,NAME=CENTRUM1:CI=12,BAND=900,CHW=0:NCC=2,BCC=4: MCC=111,MNC=22,LAC=34567:HOP=RF,UHOP=N,HSN1=3,HSN2=1:GENA=Y,PSEI=13;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2009-06-10 13:54:32

BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS :===============================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM020BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USRBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINED

CELL IDENTITY............................ (CI)..... 00033

RAC routing area code

NSEI network service entity identifier

PSEI packet service entity identifier

TRAT transport type

Name Parameter Default value

NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size

NRTW 5

NCCR rxlev idle mode window size

NRIW 6

NCCR number of zero results

NNZR 2

NCCR other PCU cell offset NOPO 4 dB

QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold

QGDRT 6 kbit/s

QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold

QGURT 6 kbit/s

QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold

QEDRT 10 kbit/s

QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold

QEURT 10 kbit/s

Parameter Name

Table 2 SEG-specific parameters in command C (Cont.)

Page 42: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

42 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258d

EQC CREATE BTS

FREQUENCY BAND IN USE....................(BAND)... 900

BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC)

NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... 2 BACKGROUND NETWORK COLOUR CODE........(BNCC)... –

BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 4 BACKGROUND BTS COLOUR CODE............(BBCC)... –

LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567

BTS HOPPING MODE.........................(HOP).... RFBACKGROUND BTS HOPPING MODE..............(BHOP)... -UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE................(UHOP)... NBACKGROUND UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.....(BUHOP).. -

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST......(MAL).... - BACKGROUND MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.....(BMAL)... -

UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.......(UMAL)... - BG UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST....(BUMAL).. -

DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST (S)..(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST.(DUMAL).. -

HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1.............(HSN1)... 3 BACKGROUND HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1..(BHSN1).. -

HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2.............(HSN2)... 1 BACKGROUND HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2..(BHSN2).. -

UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER......(UHSN)... 0 BG UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER...(BUHSN).. -

GPRS ENABLED.............................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER......(PSEI)... 13

SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX.................................... 0 PCU INDEX..................................... 3 PCU ID........................................ 2 PCU OBJECT STATE.............................. WORKING

NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER......(NSEI).. 00032 00033 00034 BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...(BVCI)... 10001

ROUTING AREA CODE........................(RAC).... 255

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Page 43: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

43

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQC CREATE BTS

Id:0900d8058080258d

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 44: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

44 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1bb

EQD DELETE BTS

EQD DELETE BTSFunction With this command you delete a BTS from the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configu-

ration Database). The BTS has to be in the LOCKED state before you can delete it.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: delete incoming adjacent cells;

SyntaxEQD : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) :

[ <delete incoming adjacent cells> | N def ] ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the number of the BTS to be deleted. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the name of the BTS to be deleted. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.

delete incoming adjacent cells

With this parameter you indicate whether the adjacent cells are deleted. The values are:

Y Adjacent cells are deleted.

N Adjacent cells are not deleted.

The default value is N.

If the segment contains more than one BTS, this parameter is not in use.

Examples 1. Delete BTS-20 from the BSDATA.

ZEQD:BTS=20;

2. Delete BTS HIGHWAY1 from the BSDATA.

ZEQD:NAME=HIGHWAY1;

Additional informa-tion

Before the command is executed, the system asks for confirmation:

CONFIRM COMMAND EXECUTION: Y/N ?

Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 1 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

BTS-0020 CENTRUM1 DELETED FROM BSC DATABASE

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

Page 45: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

45

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQD DELETE BTS

Id:0900d8058061d1bb

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 46: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

46 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1be

EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS

EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FRE-QUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS

Function With this command you define the mobile allocation usage of the BTS.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: mobile allocation frequency list, underlay mobile alloca-tion frequency list <option>, MAIO offset, underlay MAIO offset <option>, MAIO step <option>, underlay MAIO step <option>, DFCA mobile allocation lists <option>, DFCA operation type <option>, DFCA unsynchronized mode MA list <option>;

SyntaxEQA : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> :

( MAL = <mobile allocation frequency list> | UMAL = <underlay mobile allocation frequency list> <option> | MO = <MAIO offset> | UMO = <underlay MAIO offset> <option> | MS = <MAIO step> <option> | UMS = <underlay MAIO step> <option> | DMAL = <DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists> <option> | OPE = <DFCA operation type> <option> | DUMAL = <DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list> <option> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS with its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when attaching or detaching the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to several BTSs. The value ALL attaches or detaches the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to or from all DFCA BTSs.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS with its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach or detach the same DFCA mobile allocation frequency list to several BTSs.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.

mobile allocation frequency list

MAL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS will be attached.

Page 47: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

47

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCYLIST USAGE PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1be

The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS from the mobile allo-cation frequency list.

You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.

underlay mobile allocation frequency list <option>

UMAL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS's underlay layer will be attached.

The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS's underlay layer from a mobile allocation frequency list.

You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.

MAIO offset

MO = decimal number

With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO (Mobile Allocation Index Offset) value per sector. The values range from 0 to 62.

You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, underlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.

underlay MAIO offset <option>

UMO = decimal number

With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO value of the underlay layer per sector.

The values range from 0 to 62.

You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, overlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.

MAIO step <option>

MS = decimal number

With this parameter you choose the MAIOs not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for instance every second or every third value. The values range from 1 to 62.

You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, underlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the overlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.

underlay MAIO step <option>

UMS = decimal number

With this parameter you choose the MAIOs of the underlay layer not to be allocated suc-cessively for the cell, but for instance every second or every third value.

The values range from 1 to 62.

You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED, overlay TRXs are LOCKED, or the underlay hopping mode is not RF hopping.

DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists <option>

DMAL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists that will be attached to the BTS.

Page 48: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

48 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1be

EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS

The values range from 1 to 32.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. If more than one BTS identification or name has been given, grouping characters cannot be used.

DFCA MA list operation <option>

With this parameter you add or remove valid DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) to/from the BTS.

If you give this parameter, you must also give the DMAL parameter.

DFCA unsynchronized mode MA frequency list <option>

DUMAL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the DFCA unsynchronised mode MA list. The MA list is to be used in the DFCA TRXs if a BTS in 'DFCA hopping' mode loses synchronisation or BSC-BSC connection. This is a reference to any existing normal (non-DFCA) MA list defined in the BSC.

The values range from 0 to 3000. Use value 0 to detach the BTS from the DFCA unsyn-chronised mode MA frequency list.

Examples 1. Attach BTS-8 to mobile allocation frequency list 3 and set MAIO offset to 2.

ZEQA:BTS=8:MAL=3,MO=2;

2. Detach BTS CENTRUM1 from the mobile allocation frequency list.

ZEQA:NAME=CENTRUM1:MAL=0;

Additional informa-tion

(trx-1) * ms + mo < fma

where

TRX= the number of underlay/overlay unlocked hopping TRXs in the cell

ms= underlay/overlay MAIO step

mo= underlay/overlay MAIO offset

fma= the number of frequencies in the associated underlay/overlay mobile allocation frequency list

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQA:BTS=16:MAL=10,MO=3;

is:

DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-11-29 01:58:00

Parameter Value Explanation

OPE = A Add DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) to the BTS.

R Remove DFCA mobile allocation frequency list(s) from the BTS.

Page 49: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

49

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCYLIST USAGE PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1be

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETER MODIFY COMPLETED:==================================================================

SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM002BCF-0002 BTS-0016 CENTRUM16-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST...........(MAL).... 10UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.................(UMAL)... -DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST (S)..(DMAL)... CS: - PS: -DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST......(DUMAL).. -

MAIO OFFSET................................(MO)..... 3UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET.......................(UMO).... 0MAIO STEP..................................(MS)..... 1UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.........................(UMS).... 1

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command

ZEQA:BTS=50:MAL=0;

is:

DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-11-29 01:58:00

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETER MODIFY COMPLETED:==================================================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0050 CENTRUM50-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST...........(MAL).... -UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.................(UMAL)... -DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST (S)..(DMAL)... CS: - PS: -DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST......(DUMAL).. -

MAIO OFFSET................................(MO)..... 3UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET.......................(UMO).... 0MAIO STEP..................................(MS)..... 1UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.........................(UMS).... 1

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

Page 50: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

50 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1be

EQA MODIFY MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 51: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

51

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1c1

EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS <option>

Function With this command you define the BCCH allocation usage of the BTS or SEG. The command is optional.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: iden-tification of BCCH frequency list, BCCH allocation usage for active MS, measurement BCCH Allocation list;

SyntaxEQB : ( BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... | SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ) :

( IDLE = <identification of BCCH frequency list> | ACT = <BCCH allocation usage for active MS> MEAS = <measurement BCCH Allocation list> ) ... ; <option>

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several BTSs.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several BTSs.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

Page 52: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

52 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1c1

EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several segments.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when you attach the same BCCH frequency list identification to several segments.

identification of BCCH frequency list

IDLE = decimal number

With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by idle MSS. This list is used for cell reselection and is sent on the BCCH.

The values range from 0 to 3000.

If the value is 0, the BCCH frequency list used is that of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS.

Do not connect the BTS to a BCCH frequency list which has no frequencies defined, because then the MS is not able to make handovers to other cells.

BCCH allocation usage for active MS

With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by active MSS. This list is used for handovers and is sent on the SACCH. The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

ACT = ADJ If the value is ADJ, the BCCH frequency list used is that of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS. Normally, the BTS operates this way.

IDLE If the value is IDLE, the active MSS use the same BCCH frequency list as the idle MSS. The BCCH frequency list is defined by the BTS. If the value of the parameter IDLE is 0, the active MSS use the BCCH frequency list of the adjcent cells.

Page 53: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

53

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1c1

measurement BCCH Allocation list

With this parameter you define whether or not Measurement BCCH Allocation List is used during measurements when necessary. The values are:

Examples 1. Attach BCCH frequency list 5 to BTS-2. The BCCH allocation for idle MSS is formed according to frequency list 5. The BCCH allocation for active MSS is formed accord-ing to the frequencies of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS.

ZEQB:BTS=2:IDLE=5;

2. Set both BCCH allocations to be formed according to the frequencies of the adjacent cells defined for the BTS CENTRUM1.

ZEQB:NAME=CENTRUM1:IDLE=0;

3. Attach BCCH frequency list 6 to BTS-3. The BCCH allocation for idle MSS is formed according to frequency list 6. Also, tell the active MSS to measure the frequencies in that list. The BCCH allocation for active MSS is formed according to the same fre-quency list as for idle MSS. Now, the active MSS may acquire some extra BCCH frequencies into their measurement routine, but nevertheless no handovers can be made towards those extra cells.

ZEQB:BTS=3:IDLE=6,ACT=IDLE;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQB:BTS=7:IDLE=10;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:======================================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

D. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... 10BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... Y

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command

Parameter Value Explanation

MEAS = Y Measurement BCCH Allocation List is used.

N Measurement BCCH Allocation List is not used.

Page 54: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

54 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1c1

EQB MODIFY BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PA-RAMETERS <option>

ZEQB:SEG=1:IDLE=8;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

SEGMENT BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==============================================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1----------------------

ID. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... 8BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... Y

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 55: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

55

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058078e036

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAM-ETERS

Function With this command you modify the BTS or SEG identification parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

When you modify the parameters, the BTS or the SEG has to be in the LOCKED state. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command E and SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: new BTS name, new SEG name <option>, cell identity, network colour code, BTS colour code, mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code, BTS hopping mode, underlay BTS hopping mode <option>, hopping sequence number 1, hopping sequence number 2, underlay hopping sequence number <option>, antenna hopping <option>;

SyntaxEQE : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( NEWNAME = <new BTS name> | NEWSEGNAME = <new SEG name> <option> | CI = <cell identity> | NCC = <network colour code> | BCC = <BTS colour code> | MCC = <mobile country code> | MNC = <mobile network code> | LAC = <location area code> | HOP = <BTS hopping mode> | UHOP = <underlay BTS hopping mode> <option> | HSN1 = <hopping sequence number 1> | HSN2 = <hopping sequence number 2> | UHSN = <underlay hopping sequence number> <option> | AHOP = <antenna hopping> <option> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.

BTS name

NAME = text string

Page 56: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

56 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e036

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command E in section Additional information.

new BTS name

NEWNAME = text string

With this parameter you define the new name of the BTS. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters and it must be unique in the BSC. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.

You can remove the name by giving the character '-'. See Example 4.

new SEG name <option>

NEWSEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you define the new name of the segment. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters and it must be unique in the BSC. The following ASCII characters are allowed: letters from A to Z and numerals from 0 to 9.

You can remove the name by giving the character '-'.

cell identity

CI = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535.

You must also update the incoming adjacency definitions with the commands of the EA command group. For more information, see section 'Modifying the location area (LA) or the cell identity (CI) of a BTS' in Radio Network Administration.

network colour code

NCC = decimal number

Page 57: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

57

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058078e036

With this parameter you define the number of the network colour code. The values range from 0 to 7.

When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified.

BTS colour code

BCC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of the BTS colour code. The values range from 0 to 7.

When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified.

mobile country code

MCC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of the mobile country code. The values range from 0 to 999.

☞ You can modify this parameter only when GPRS has been disabled in the BTS (the value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N).

mobile network code

MNC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of the mobile network code. The values range from 0 to 99.

Optional values range from 0 to 999.

☞ You can modify this parameter only when GPRS has been disabled in the BTS (the value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N).

☞ Because the value of the mobile network code parameters (MNC, MNC1...MNC10, BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binary-coded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed.

location area code

LAC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the location area code. The values range from 1 to 65533.

☞ You can modify this parameter only when GPRS has been disabled in the BTS (the value of the parameter GPRS enabled is N).

You must also update the incoming adjacency definitions with the commands of the EA command group. For more information, see section 'Modifying the location area (LA) or the cell identity (CI) of a BTS' in Radio Network Administration.

BTS hopping mode

With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. When you modify the parameter, the BTS must be in a LOCKED state.

Radio frequency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.

Page 58: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

58 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e036

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.

BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.

When the BTS site type is Talk-family and the hopping mode is changed from BB to RF or vice versa, sector by sector without a BCF reset, all the sectors must first be changed to non-hopping.

The values are:

underlay BTS hopping mode <option>

With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer. When you modify the parameter, the BTS must be in a LOCKED state.

Radio frequency hopping is not possible in the 2nd generation base stations.

g InSite base stations (BTS) and PrimeSite base stations with the DF6.0 BTS software package or newer do not support frequency hopping.

BB and RF hopping cannot be used in the BTS at the same time.

When the BTS site type is Talk-family and the hopping mode is changed from BB to RF or vice versa, sector by sector without a BCF reset, all the sectors must first be changed to non-hopping.

The values are:

hopping sequence number 1

With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number 1 used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.

In baseband hopping, this parameter is used with hopping group 1. The time-slot 0 of each TRX, except the BCCH TRX, belongs to this group.

In radio frequency hopping, this parameter is used with all the time-slots of a hopping TRX. The BCCH TRX does not hop when RF hopping has been selected.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

HOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.

RF Radio frequency hopping is used.

N Hopping is not used.

Parameter Value Explanation

UHOP = BB Baseband hopping is used.

RF Radio frequency hopping is used.

N Hopping is not used.

Parameter Value Explanation

HSN1 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.

1...63 Random hopping is used.

Page 59: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

59

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058078e036

hopping sequence number 2

With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number 2 used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.

In baseband hopping, this parameter is used with hopping group 2. The time-slots 1 - 7 of each TRX, including the BCCH TRX, belong to this group.

In radio frequency hopping, this parameter is not used.

The values are:

underlay hopping sequence number <option>

With this parameter you define the hopping sequence number of the underlay layer. Hopping sequence numbers are used in the frequency hopping sequence generation algorithm.

The values are:

antenna hopping <option>

With this parameter you define whether or not antenna hopping is used in the BTS.

The values are:

g Only UltraSite EDGE, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio hardware and EDGE transceivers (TRX) support antenna hopping.

Examples 1. Modify the BTS identification parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQE:BTS=20:MCC=111,MNC=02,LAC=3344,HOP=RF,HSN1=2;

2. Modify the parameter HOP of BTS-20.

ZEQE:BTS=20:HOP=N;

3. Change the name of the BTS HIGHWAY24 to CENTRUM1.

ZEQE:NAME=HIGHWAY24:NEWNAME=CENTRUM1;

4. Remove the name of BTS-20.

ZEQE:BTS=20:NEWNAME=-;

Parameter Value Explanation

HSN2 = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.

1...63 Random hopping is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

UHSN = 0 Cyclic hopping is used.

1...63 Random hopping is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

AHOP = Y Antenna hopping is used.

N Antenna hopping is not used.

Page 60: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

60 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e036

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Additional informa-tion

Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) = NCC + BCC.

Location Area Id (LAI) = MCC + MNC + LAC.

If the warning

BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY NOT UNIQUE IN ADJACENCY DEFINITIONS

is output, use the EAT command to find out the adjacent cell pairs whose parameter combination of BCC+NCC+BCCH TRX FREQUENCY is not unique anymore.

The following figures illustrate baseband hopping and radio frequency hopping with regular or with both regular and super-reuse frequencies.

g Baseband (BB) and radio frequency (RF) hopping cannot be used in the base trans-ceiver station (BTS) at the same time.

Figure 7 Baseband hopping with 3 frequencies

Figure 8 Radio frequency hopping with 3 frequencies

LAYER

overlay

(regular

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL0

RTSL1

RTSL2

RTSL3

RTSL4

RTSL5

RTSL6

RTSL7

BCCH

HSN1

HSN2

LAYER

overlay(regular

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL

0

RTSL

1

RTSL

2

RTSL

3

RTSL

4

RTSL

5

RTSL

6

RTSL

7

BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)

HSN1

Page 61: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

61

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058078e036

Figure 9 Baseband hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse frequen-cies in case both layers have BB hopping on

Figure 10 Radio frequency hopping for IUO-cell with 3 regular and 3 super-reuse fre-quencies in case both layers have RF hopping on

LAYER

overlay

(regular

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL

0

RTSL

1

RTSL

2

RTSL

3

RTSL

4

RTSL

5

RTSL

6

RTSL

7

BCCH

HSN1

underlay

(super-reuse

frequencies)

TRX-4

TRX-5

TRX-6

HSN2

UHSN

LAYER

overlay(regularfrequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL0

RTSL1

RTSL2

RTSL3

RTSL4

RTSL5

RTSL6

RTSL7

underlay(super-reuse

frequencies)

TRX-4

TRX-5

TRX-6

HSN1

BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)

UHSN

Page 62: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

62 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e036

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Figure 11 Baseband hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0)

Figure 12 Radio frequency hopping for child-cell with 3 super-reuse frequencies (that is, TrxFrequencyType > 0)

LAYER

underlay(super-reusefrequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL

0

RTSL

1

RTSL

2

RTSL

3

RTSL

4

RTSL

5

RTSL

6

RTSL

7

BCCH

HSN1

UHSN

LAYER

underlay(super-reuse

frequencies)

TRX

TRX-1

TRX-2

TRX-3

RTSL0

RTSL1

RTSL2

RTSL3

RTSL4

RTSL5

RTSL6

RTSL7

BCCH(bcch frequency notallowed to hop)

UHSN

Parameter Name

NEWNAME new BTS name

BAND frequency band in use

HOP BTS hopping mode

UHOP underlay BTS hopping mode

MAL mobile allocation frequency list

UMAL underlay mobile allocation frequency list

HSN1 hopping sequence number 1

HSN2 hopping sequence number 2

UHSN underlay hopping sequence number

AHOP antenna hopping

Table 3 BTS-specific parameters in command E

Page 63: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

63

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058078e036

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQE:BTS=1:HOP=BB,HSN1=3;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===============================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

CELL IDENTITY.............................(CI)..... 00012FREQUENCY BAND IN USE.....................(BAND)... 900CELL NUMBER IN BTS HW.....................(CHW).....0

BS IDENTITY CODE..........................(BSIC)

NETWORK COLOUR CODE....................(NCC).... 2

BTS COLOUR CODE........................(BCC).... 4

LOCATION AREA ID..........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE....................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE....................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE.....................(LAC).... 34567

BTS HOPPING MODE..........................(HOP).... BBUNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.................(UHOP)... NANTENNA HOPPING...........................(AHOP)... N

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST.......(MAL).... - UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST........(UMAL)... -

Parameter Name

NEWSEGNAME new SEG name

CI cell identity

NCC network colour code

BCC BTS colour code

MCC mobile country code

MNC mobile network code

LAC location area code

Table 4 SEG-specific parameters in command E

Page 64: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

64 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e036

EQE MODIFY BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS

DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LISTS.(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -

HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1..............(HSN1)... 3 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2..............(HSN2)... 4 UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER.......(UHSN)... 0

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command

ZEQE:SEG=1:NCC=3;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32

SEG IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===============================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1----------------------

CELL IDENTITY.............................(CI)..... 00012

BS IDENTITY CODE..........................(BSIC)

NETWORK COLOUR CODE....................(NCC).... 3

BTS COLOUR CODE........................(BCC).... 4

LOCATION AREA ID..........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE....................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE....................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE.....................(LAC).... 34567

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 65: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

65

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1c7

EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERSFunction With this command you modify cell access parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio

Network Configuration Database).

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: cell barred, call re-establishment allowed, emergency call restricted, PLMN permitted, not allowed access classes, adjacency on other band <option>, directed retry used <option>, intelligent directed retry used <option>, cell type <option>, min time limit directed retry <option>, max time limit directed retry <option>, directed retry method <option>;

SyntaxEQF : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( BAR = <cell barred> | RE = <call re-establishment allowed> | EC = <emergency call restricted> | PLMN = <PLMN permitted> ... | ACC = <not allowed access classes> ... | DBC = <adjacency on other band> <option> | DR = <directed retry used> <option> | IDR = <intelligent directed retry used> <option> | CTY = <cell type> <option> | MIDR = <min time limit directed retry> <option> | MADR = <max time limit directed retry> <option> | DRM = <directed retry method> <option> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

Page 66: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

66 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1c7

EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

cell barred

With this parameter you define whether MSS are allowed to access the cell. The values are:

call re-establishment allowed

With this parameter you define whether call re-establishment is allowed. The values are:

emergency call restricted

With this parameter you define whether an emergency call is restricted or allowed from all MSS. The values are:

PLMN permitted

PLMN = decimal number

Parameter Value Explanation

BAR = Y Cell is barred (MSS are not allowed to access the cell).

N Cell is not barred (MSS are allowed to access the cell).

Parameter Value Explanation

RE = Y Re-establishment is allowed.

N Re-establishment is not allowed.

Parameter Value Explanation

EC = Y Emergency call in the cell is allowed only from the MSS that belong to one of the MS access classes from 11 to 15.

N Emergency call in the cell is allowed from all MSS.

Page 67: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

67

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1c7

With this parameter you define to which PLMNs the MS is permitted to report measure-ment results. The values relate to the NCC part of the BSICs. The values range from 0 to 7. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. The old values are overwritten.

To clear the parameter, enter the parameter name only (without a parameter value).

not allowed access classes

ACC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the MS access classes that are not allowed to access a cell. The values range from 0 to 9 and from 11 to 15. You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&. The old values are overwrit-ten.

To clear the parameter, enter the parameter name only (without a parameter value).

adjacency on other band <option>

With this parameter you define whether adjacent cells with a BCCH allocated from a dif-ferent frequency band than the serving cell BCCH are taken into account in handovers and in idle mode cell selection or reselection. The values are:

If you deactivate the dual-band network operation in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.

directed retry used <option>

With this parameter you define if the directed retry is in use in the cell. The values are:

If you deactivate the directed retry in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.

intelligent directed retry used <option>

With this parameter you define if the intelligent directed retry is in use in the cell. The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

DBC = Y Adjacent cells on another band are taken into account in handovers and in idle mode cell selection/reselection.

N Adjacent cells on another band are not taken into account in handovers or in idle mode cell selection/reselection.

Parameter Value Explanation

DR = Y Directed retry is in use.

N Directed retry is not in use.

Page 68: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

68 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1c7

EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

If you deactivate the intelligent directed retry in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.

cell type <option>

With this parameter you indicate the type of the cell. This parameter affects the intelli-gent directed retry.

The values are:

When you modify this parameter, the corresponding parameter of the adjacent cells is automatically modified.

min time limit directed retry <option>

MIDR = decimal number

With this parameter you define the period starting from the assignment request during which the target cell evaluation for the directed retry handover is not allowed.

The BSC starts the target cell evaluation procedure after this time supervision has expired. The values range from 0 to 14 seconds.

The parameter value has to be lower than the value of parameter MADR.

max time limit directed retry <option>

MADR = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum time period starting from the assignment request during which the target cell evaluation for the directed retry handover is allowed. The values range from 1 to 15 seconds.

The parameter value has to be greater than the value of parameter MIDR and smaller than the value of the timer T10.

directed retry method <option>

DRM = decimal number

With this parameter you define which method is used in directed retry procedure when candidate cells are evaluated. This parameter is also used to switch off directed retry method improvements.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

IDR = Y Intelligent directed retry is in use.

N Intelligent directed retry is not in use.

Parameter Value Explanation

CTY = GSM GSM cell

MCN Microcellular network cell

Parameter Value Explanation

DRM = 0 basic directed retry method

Page 69: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

69

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1c7

Examples 1. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS-20. Call re-establishment is allowed, and the access classes that are not allowed are 3 - 7, 11, 12, and 15. The old values are overwritten.

ZEQF:BTS=20:RE=N,ACC=3&&7&11&12&15;

2. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS-20. The cell is barred, an emergency call is allowed to all MSS, and the allowed PLMNs for which the MS is permitted to report measurement results are 1, 4, 5, and 6. Clear the access classes that are not allowed.

ZEQF:BTS=20:BAR=Y,EC=N,PLMN=1&4&&6,ACC=;

3. Modify the cell access parameters of BTS CENTRUM1. The cell is barred, an emer-gency call is allowed to all MSS, and the allowed PLMNs for which the MS is permit-ted to report measurement results are 1, 4, 5, and 6. Clear the access classes that are not allowed and allow handovers and cell selection with adjacency on another band.

ZEQF:NAME=CENTRUM1:BAR=Y,EC=N,PLMN=1&4&&6,ACC=,DBC=Y;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQF:BTS=20:BAR=Y,RE=N,IDR=Y;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32

CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:========================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

CELL BARRED..............................(BAR).... YCALL RE-ESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED............(RE)..... NEMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED................(EC)..... NPLMN PERMITTED...........................(PLMN)... 01,04,06NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES...............(ACC).... 03,07,11,12,15ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND..................(DBC)... Y *)DIRECTED RETRY USED......................(DR)..... Y *)INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED..........(IDR).... Y *)CELL TYPE................................(CTY).... GSMMIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MIDR)... 0MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MADR)... 5DIRECTED RETRY METHOD....................(DRM).... 0

*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

1 threshold evaluation method

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 70: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

70 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1c7

EQF MODIFY CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 71: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

71

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS

Id:0900d8058061d1ca

EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS

Function With this command you modify radio link control downlink parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: cell reselect hysteresis, MS txpwr max CCH, MS txpwr max CCH1x00, rxlev access min, radio link timeout, power offset, GPRS rxlev access min <option>, GPRS ms txpwr max cch <option>, GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00 <option>, GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit <option>, GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit <option>, direct GPRS access BTS <option>, ra reselect hysteresis <option>, priority class <option>, HCS threshold <option>;

SyntaxEQG : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( HYS = <cell reselect hysteresis> | TXP1 = <MS txpwr max CCH> | TXP2 = <MS txpwr max CCH1x00> | RXP = <rxlev access min> | RLT = <radio link timeout> | PO = <power offset> | GRXP = <GPRS rxlev access min> <option> | GTXP1= <GPRS ms txpwr max cch> <option> | GTXP2= <GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00> <option> | GPU = <GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit> <option> | GPL = <GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit> <option> | DIRE = <direct GPRS access BTS> <option> | RRH = <ra reselect hysteresis> <option> | PRC = <priority class> <option> | HCS = <HCS threshold> <option> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

Page 72: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

72 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1ca

EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

cell reselect hysteresis

HYS = decimal number

With this parameter you define the received RF power level hysteresis for the required cell reselection. The values range from 0 to 14 dB, and can be changed by 2 dB steps at a time.

MS txpwr max CCH

TXP1 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell.

The values are:

This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 800 or GSM 900 frequency band.

MS txpwr max CCH1x00

TXP2 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the cell.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

TXP1 = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands

Parameter Value Explanation

TXP2 = 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band

0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm

GSM 1900 frequency band

Page 73: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

73

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS

Id:0900d8058061d1ca

This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 frequency band.

rxlev access min

RXP = decimal number

With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the cell. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm.

radio link timeout

RLT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for non-AMR connections. The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time.

power offset

PO = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power a class 3 GSM 1800 MS may use when accessing the system. The maximum transmission power is MS txpwr max CCH1x00 (TXP2) + power offset (PO). The values range from 0 to 6 dB and can be changed by 2 dB steps at a time.

GPRS rxlev access min <option>

GRXP = decimal

With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the cell. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm.

GPRS ms txpwr max cch <option>

With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessing a packet control channel in the cell.

The values are:

This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 800 or GSM 900 frequency band.

GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00 <option>

With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessing a packet control channel in the cell.

The values are:

This parameter is used when the BCCH is in GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 frequency band.

Parameter Value Explanation

GTXP1 = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands

Parameter Value Explanation

GTXP2 = 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band

0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm

GSM 1900 frequency band

Page 74: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

74 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1ca

EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS

GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit <option>

GPU = decimal number

With this parameter you define the minimum power level the MS has to receive to allocate resources from the BTS.

The values range from -110 to -47 dBm.

The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the parameter GPL.

GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit <option>

GPL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the threshold when a reallocation to a better BTS in the SEG must be made.

The values range from -110 to -47 dBm.

The value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to the value of the parameter GPU.

direct GPRS access BTS <option>

DIRE = decimal number

With this parameter you define which BTSs may be used for GPRS or EGPRS without signal level measurements. This parameter defines the signal level compared to non BCCH layer offset. When the value of this parameter is higher than the value of the parameter non BCCH layer offset, the direct GPRS access to non-BCCH layer BTS is applied. This is used in initial channel allocation and re-allocation.

The values range from -40 to 40 dBm.

ra reselect hysteresis <option>

RRH = decimal number

With this parameter you define additional hystereses applied in both STANDBY and READY states for selecting a cell in a different routing area.

The values are: 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 dB.

priority class <option>

PRC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the HCS (hierarchical cell structures) priority for the cells. 0 is the lowest and 7 is the highest priority.

The values range from 0 to 7.

HCS threshold <option>

HCS = decimal number

With this parameter you define the signal strength threshold for applying HCS in GPRS and LSA reselection.

The values are: -110...-48 dB, in 2 dB steps, and N (not used).

Examples 1. Modify the radio link control DL parameters and power offset of BTS-20.

ZEQG:BTS=20:HYS=2,TXP1=29,PO=4;

2. Modify parameter RXP of BTS-20.

Page 75: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

75

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS

Id:0900d8058061d1ca

ZEQG:BTS=20:RXP=-100;

3. Modify parameter RXP of BTS CENTRUM1.

ZEQG:NAME=CENTRUM1:RXP=-100;

Additional informa-tion

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQG:BTS=1:HYS=2,RLT=12;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32

RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==================================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS.................(HYS).... 02 dBMS TXPWR MAX CCH.........................(TXP1)... 29 dBm

Parameter Name

GPU GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev upper limit

GPL GPRS non BCCH layer rxlev lower limit

Table 5 BTS-specific parameters in command G

Parameter Name

HYS cell reselect hysteresis

TXP1 MS txpwr max CCH

TXP2 MS txpwr max CCH1x00

RXP rxlev access min

RLT radio link timeout

PO power offset

GRXP GPRS rxlev access min

GTXP1 GPRS ms txpwr max cch

GTXP2 GPRS ms txpwr max cch1x00

DIRE direct GPRS access BTS

RRH ra reselect hysteresis

PRC priority class

HCS HCS threshold

Table 6 SEG-specific parameters in command G

Page 76: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

76 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1ca

EQG MODIFY RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAME-TERS

MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00.....................(TXP2)... 30 dBmRXLEV ACCESS MIN.........................(RXP)....-100 dBmRADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(RLT).... 12 SACCH BLOCKSPOWER OFFSET.............................(PO)..... 00 dBGPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN....................(GRXP)...-100 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH....................(GTXP1).. 11 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH 1x00...............(GTXP2).. 30 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT....(GPU)....-95 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT....(GPL)....-100 dBmDIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD.............(DIRE)... 0 dBmRA RESELECT HYSTERESIS...................(RRH).... 2 dBPRIORITY CLASS...........................(PRC).... 0HCS THRESHOLD............................(HCS).... -

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 77: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

77

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1cd

EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERSFunction With this command you modify queuing parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio

Network Configuration Database).

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: max queue length, time limit call, time limit handover, queue priority used, queueing priority call, queueing priority urgent handover, queueing priority non-urgent handover, MS priority used;

SyntaxEQH : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( MQL = <max queue length> | TLC = <time limit call> | TLH = <time limit handover> | QPU = <queue priority used> | QPC = <queueing priority call> | QPH = <queueing priority urgent handover> | QPN = <queueing priority non-urgent handover> | MPU = <MS priority used> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

Page 78: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

78 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1cd

EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

max queue length

MQL = decimal number

With this parameter you define how many call and handover attempts can be queued to wait for a TCH release in a BTS.

A TRX with full rate TCH resources builds up eight possible queue positions. When a TRX contains at least one half rate TCH resource, the number of queue positions is doubled to sixteen. Every deleted TRX removes eight/sixteen possible queue positions, respectively. The parameter value is a percentage (0 - 100%) of the TCHs in use in a BTS.

When this parameter value is 0, the TCH cannot be queued for in the BTS.

When this parameter value is 100, the number of available queue positions is the same as the number of queue positions in the configured TRX/TCHs.

Values between 0 and 100 give the number of available queue positions as a percent-age of the number of queue positions in the configured TRX/TCHs.

Note that the actual number of call and handover attempts cannot be greater than 32 in the BTS.

time limit call

TLC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time for call attempts (incoming or outgoing) in the BTS in seconds. The values range from 0 to 15 seconds.

If you enter the value 0, call attempt queuing is not active in the BTS.

time limit handover

TLH = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time for handover attempts (both urgent and non-urgent) in the BTS in seconds. The values range from 0 to 10 seconds.

If you enter the value 0, handover attempt queuing is not active in the BTS.

queue priority used

With this parameter you define whether the BSC internal queuing type priority (param-eters queueing priority call (QPC), queueing priority urgent handover (QPH), and queueing priority non-urgent handover (QPN)) is taken into account in queue handling.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

QPU = Y Queue priority is used.

Page 79: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

79

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1cd

queueing priority call

QPC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the call attempt priority in the BTS.

Queueing priority call is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: urgent han-dovers (parameter QPH) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account.

Relationships between the queuing type priorities:

• paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities • queue type of higher priority is the preferred one • queues having the same priority are treated equally

The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority.

queueing priority urgent handover

QPH = decimal number

With this parameter you define the urgent handover attempt (queuing type) priority in the BTS.

Queueing priority urgent handover is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account.

Relationships between the queuing type priorities:

• paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities • queue type of higher priority is the preferred one • queues having the same priority are treated equally

The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority.

queueing priority non-urgent handover

QPN = decimal number

With this parameter you define the non-urgent handover attempt (queuing type) priority in the BTS.

Queueing priority non-urgent handover is one of the queuing type priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and urgent handovers (parameter QPH). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y before the queuing type priorities are taken into account.

Relationships between the queuing type priorities:

• paired comparison is followed between the queue priorities • queue type of higher priority is the preferred one • queues having the same priority are treated equally

The priority scale is 1 - 14, where 1 is the highest priority.

N Queue priority is not used.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 80: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

80 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1cd

EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS

MS priority used

With this parameter you define whether the call priority in the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message (or the HANDOVER REQUEST message in handover) from the MSC is taken into account in queue handling.

The values are :

Examples 1. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQH:BTS=20:MQL=20,TLC=12,TLH=10;

2. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQH:BTS=20:QPU=Y,QPC=5,QPH=4,QPN=6,MPU=Y;

3. Modify the queuing parameters of BTS CENTRUM1.

ZEQH:NAME=CENTRUM1:QPU=Y,QPC=5,QPH=4,QPN=6,MPU=Y;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQH:BTS=1:TLC=12,TLH=10,MPU=N;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

QUEUEING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:=====================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

MAX QUEUE LENGTH.........................(MQL).... 020 %TIME LIMIT CALL..........................(TLC).... 12 SECONDSTIME LIMIT HANDOVER......................(TLH).... 10 SECONDSQUEUE PRIORITY USED......................(QPU).... Y QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL................(QPC).... 05 QUEUEING PRIORITY URGENT HANDOVER.....(QPH).... 04 QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER.(QPN).... 06MS PRIORITY USED.........................(MPU).... N

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Parameter Value Explanation

MPU = Y MS priority is used.

N MS priority is not used.

Page 81: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

81

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQH MODIFY QUEUEING PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1cd

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.

Page 82: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

82 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1d0

EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAME-TERS

EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS

Function With this command you modify the CCH configuration parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: number of blocks for access grant msg, number of multiframes, timer for periodic MS location updating, allow IMSI attach detach;

SyntaxEQJ : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( AG = <number of blocks for access grant msg> | MFR = <number of multiframes> | PER = <timer for periodic MS location updating> | ATT = <allow IMSI attach detach> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

Page 83: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

83

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAME-TERS

Id:0900d8058061d1d0

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

number of blocks for access grant msg

AG = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of blocks reserved for access grant messages from the CCCH during the 51 TDMA frame (a multiframe). The parameter value must be consistent with the channel configuration. The values range from 0 to 7, and in the case of a combined BCCH, from 0 to 2.

number of multiframes

MFR = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of multiframes between two transmissions of the same paging message to the MSS of the same paging group. The values range from 2 to 9.

timer for periodic MS location updating

PER = decimal number

With this parameter you define the interval between periodic MS location updates. The values range from 0.1 to 25.5 hours, and the value 0 means that periodic updating is not performed.

allow IMSI attach detach

With this parameter you define whether IMSI attach/detach is used in the cell. The values are:

Examples 1. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQJ:BTS=20:AG=1,MFR=4;

2. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQJ:BTS=20:PER=4.6,ATT=Y;

3. Modify the CCH configuration parameters of BTS CENTRUM1.

ZEQJ:NAME=CENTRUM1:PER=4.6,ATT=Y;

Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 3 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==============================================

Parameter Value Explanation

ATT = Y IMSI attach/detach is used.

N IMSI attach/detach is not used.

Page 84: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

84 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1d0

EQJ MODIFY CCH CONFIGURATION PARAME-TERS

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG....(AG)..... 01NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES....................(MFR).... 04TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING..(PER).... 04.6 HOURSALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH.................(ATT).... Y

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 85: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

85

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1d3

EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS

Function With this command you modify interference averaging parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: C/N threshold, averaging period, interference threshold boundaries (1-4);

SyntaxEQK : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( CNT = <C/N threshold> | AP = <averaging period> | BO1 = <boundary 1> | BO2 = <boundary 2> | BO3 = <boundary 3> | BO4 = <boundary 4> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, BTS, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.

Page 86: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

86 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1d3

EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, BTS, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command K in section Additional information.

C/N threshold

CNT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C/N (carrier/noise) ratio when selecting a time-slot to be allocated for a call or handover.

The values range from 0 to 63 dB. Value 0 means that the parameter is not used.

averaging period

AP = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of SACCH multiframes over which the aver-aging of the interference level in the unallocated time-slots is performed. The values range from 1 to 32.

The parameter also determines the length of the idle and active channel interference measurement reporting period.

boundary 1 - 4

BO1 - BO4 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time-slots. The values range from -110 dBm to -47 dBm.

Boundary 1 <= Boundary 2

Boundary 2 <= Boundary 3

Boundary 3 <= Boundary 4

The program automatically sets the following boundary values:

Boundary 0 = -110 dBm Boundary 5 = -47 dBm

Examples 1. Modify the interference averaging parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQK:BTS=20:AP=20,BO1=-100,BO2=-100,BO3=-80,BO4=-70;

2. Modify the interference averaging parameter of BTS-20.

ZEQK:BTS=20:AP=32;

3. Modify the interference averaging parameter of BTS CENTRUM1.

ZEQK:NAME=CENTRUM1:AP=32;

4. Modify the C/N Threshold parameter of BTS-20.

ZEQK:BTS=20:CNT=35;

5. Modify the interference averaging parameter of SEG-1.

ZEQK:SEG=1:AP=20;

Page 87: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

87

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1d3

Additional informa-tion

Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 1 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===================================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dBAVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBmBOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBmBOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBmBOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command example 5 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

Parameter Name

CNT C/N threshold

B00 boundary 0

B01 boundary 1

B02 boundary 2

B03 boundary 3

B04 boundary 4

B05 boundary 5

Table 7 BTS-specific parameters in command K

Parameter Name

AP averaging period

Table 8 SEG-specific parameters in command K

Page 88: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

88 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1d3

EQK MODIFY INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PA-RAMETERS

INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:===================================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1----------------------

C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dBAVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBmBOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBmBOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBmBOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.

Page 89: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

89

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAME-TERS

Function With this command you modify BTS-specific and SEG-specific parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

The miscellaneous parameters that can be modified are listed in the second parameter group. The optional C2 reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) that can be modified are listed in the third parameter group. The optional ISHO parameters (QSRI, QSRP, FDD, FDM, FDMO, and FDR) that can be modified are listed in the fourth parameter group.

When you modify the parameters, the BTS or SEG has to be in the LOCKED state. See tables BTS-specific parameters in command M and SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: DTX mode, BTS measure average, MS TX pwr max gsm, MS TX pwr max gsm1x00, MS txpwr min, max number of retransmission, max number of repetition, number of slots spread trans, SMS CB used, BTS load threshold, MS max distance in call setup, TRX priority in TCH allocation, cell load for channel search, RX diversity, TCH rate intra-cell handover <option>, lower limit for FR TCH resources <option>, upper limit for FR TCH resources <option>, AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources <option>, AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources <option>, new establishment causes support, radius extension <option>, super radius extension <option>, multiband cell reporting <option>, early sending indication, non BCCH layer offset <option>, BTS load in SEG <option>, scale ord <option>, AMH upper load threshold <option>, AMH lower load threshold, AMH max load of target cell <option>, TRHO guard time, DL noise level, UL noise level, STIRC enabled <option>, extended BCCH enabled, immediate SDCCH HO enabled <option>: 2G TRX power down threshold <option>, 2G TRX power up threshold <option>, merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled <option>: cell reselection parameter index <option>, cell bar qualify <option>, cell reselect offset <option>, temporary offset <option>, penalty time <option>: threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>, gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>, fdd and tdd cell reselect offset <option>, minimum fdd threshold <option>, minimum fdd threshold offset <option>, minimum RSCP threshold <option>: DFCA mode <option>, forced HR mode C/I averaging period <option>, forced HR mode C/I threshold <option>, forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold <option>, forced HR mode threshold <option>: IBHO GSM enabled <option>, IBHO WCDMA enabled <option>: SDCCH measurement report sending, interval measurement report sending, FACCH busy threshold, RACH busy threshold, repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL , repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL , repeated SACCH in DL, repeated SACCH in UL, enable temporary overpower, repeated FACCH in DL, repeated FACCH in UL, apply repeated FACCH , carrier unit configuration, TX diversity time shift: GSM priority <option>, WCDMA priority <option>, Priority search threshold <option>, Low priority threshold <option>, Reselection algorithm hysteresis <option>, Time hysteresis <option>;

SyntaxEQM : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

Page 90: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

90 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

( [ DTX = <DTX mode> | BMA = <BTS measure average> | PMAX1 = <MS tx pwr max gsm> | PMAX2 = <MS tx pwr max gsm1x00> | PMIN = <MS tx pwr min> | RET = <max number of retransmission> | NY1 = <max number of repetition> | SLO = <number of slots spread trans> | CB = <SMS CB used> | BLT = <BTS load threshold> | DMAX = <MS max distance in call setup> | TRP = <TRX priority in TCH allocation> | CLC = <cell load for channel search> | RDIV = <RX diversity> | TRIH = <TCH rate intra-cell handover> <option> | FRL = <lower limit for FR TCH resources> <option> | FRU = <upper limit for FR TCH resources> <option> | AFRL = <AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources> <option> | AFRU = <AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources> <option> | NECI = <new establishment causes support> | EXT = <radius extension> <option> |

SEXT = <super radius extension> <option> | MBR = <multiband cell reporting> <option> | ESI = <early sending indication > | NBL = <non BCCH layer offset> <option> | LSEG = <BTS load in SEG> <option> | SCO = <scale ord> <option> | AUT = <AMH upper load threshold> <option> | ALT = <AMH lower load threshold> <option> | AML = <AMH max load of target cell> <option> | TGT = <TRHO guard time> | DLN = <DL noise level> | ULN = <UL noise level> | STIRC = <STIRC enabled> <option> |

EBENA = <extended BCCH enabled> |ISIC = <immediate SDCCH HO enabled> <option>... ] ... :

[ PWDT = <2G TRX power down threshold> | PWUT = <2G TRX power up threshold> |

MPE = <merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled>] <option>... :

[ PI = <cell reselection parameter index> | QUA = <cell bar qualify> | REO = <cell reselect offset> | TEO = <temporary offset> | PET = <penalty time> ] <option> ... :

[ QSRI = <threshold to search UTRAN cells> <option> | QSRP = <gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells> <option> | FDD = <fdd and tdd cell reselect offset> <option> | FDM = <minimum fdd threshold> <option> |

Page 91: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

91

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

FDMO = <minimum fdd threshold offset> <option> | FDR = <minimum RSCP threshold> <option> ] ... :

[ DMOD = <DFCA mode> | FHR = <forced HR mode C/I averaging period> <option> | FHT = <forced HR mode C/I threshold> <option> | FAHT = <forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold> <option> | FHH = <forced HR mode hysteresis> <option> ] :

[ IGE = <IBHO GSM enabled> | IWE = <IBHO WCDMA enabled> ] <option> ... :

[ SMREPS = <SDCCH measurement report sending> | IMREPS = <interval measurement report sending> | FACHBT = <FACH busy threshold> | RACHBT = <RACH busy threshold> | RSRDL = <repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL> | RSRUL = <repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL> | RSDL = <repeated SACCH in DL> |

RSUL = <repeated SACCH in UL> | ETOP = <enable temporary overpower> |

RFDL = <repeated FACCH in DL> |RFUL = <repeated FACCH in UL> |ARF = <apply repeated FACCH>|

CUCONF = <carrier unit configuration> | TXDIV = <TX diversity time shift> ]... ;

[ GPRIO = <GSM priority> |WPRIO = <WCDMA priority> |PSTHR = <Priority search threshold> |LPTHR = <Low priority threshold> |HPRIO = <Reselection algorithm hysteresis> |TIMEH = <Time hysteresis> ] <option> )... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only

Page 92: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

92 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command M in section Additional information.

DTX mode

With this parameter you define how the MS uses DTX (discontinuous transmission). The values are:

BTS measure average

BMA = decimal number

With this parameter you define how many SACCH multiframes are used in measure-ment averaging in the BTS. The BTS calculates averages of the measurements per-formed by the BTS and the MS. The BTS is able to calculate the average on 2, 3, or 4 SACCH multiframes.

The values range from 1 to 4. Use value 1 to deny the averaging.

MS TX pwr max gsm

PMAX1 = decimal

With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When the segment usage option is ON and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS, you cannot modify this parameter.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

DTX = 0 MS can use DTX.

1 MS will use DTX.

2 MS will not use DTX.

Page 93: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

93

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

MS TX pwr max gsm1x00

PMAX2 = decimal

With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When the segment usage option is ON and the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS, you cannot modify this parameter

The values are:

MS txpwr min

PMIN = decimal number

With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS may use in the serving cell.

The values are:

max number of retransmission

RET = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum number of retransmissions on the RACH (random access channel) that the MS can perform.

The values are 1, 2, 4, and 7.

max number of repetition

NY1 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum number of repetitions of the PHYSICAL INFO message during a handover that the transceiver can perform.

The values range from 5 to 35.

number of slots spread trans

SLO = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of TDMA frames over which retransmission is spread on the RACH (random access channel).

Parameter Value Explanation

PMAX1 = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands

Parameter Value Explanation

PMAX2 = 0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band

0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm

GSM 1900 frequency band

Parameter Value Explanation

PMIN = 5...39 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 800 and GSM 900 frequency bands

0...36 dBm, in 2 dBm steps GSM 1800 frequency band

0...32 dBm, in 2 dBm steps, and 33 dBm

GSM 1900 frequency band

Page 94: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

94 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

The values are 3 - 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, and 50.

SMS CB used

With this parameter you allow or deny cell broadcast SMS (short message service) in a cell.

The values are:

BTS load threshold

BLT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the acceptable proportion of reserved or unavailable channels out of all channels.

BTS load threshold is one of the parameters used in the handover control process. If the threshold is exceeded, the BTS is considered to be overloaded, and handovers to that BTS will be avoided.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

MS max distance in call setup

DMAX = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum distance between the BTS and the MS in call setup. The maximum distance is expressed as an access delay.

The values range from 0 to 255.

Within the range of 0...62, one step correlates to a distance of 550 meters. If the access delay of the channel request message exceeds the given maximum, the call attempt is rejected.

☞ When the parameter is given a value between 63 and 255, call attempts are never rejected.

The DISTANCE_VERIFYING option needs to be enabled in order for the MS max distance in call setup (DMAX) parameter to be functional.

TRX priority in TCH allocation

TRP = decimal number

With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs (of the regular frequency area) are preferred in traffic channel allocation.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

CB = Y SMS CB is allowed.

N SMS CB is not allowed.

Parameter Value Explanation

TRP = 0 No prioritisation between TRXs, all TRXs are treated equally in TCH allocation.

1 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX.

Page 95: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

95

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

cell load for channel search

CLC = decimal number

With this parameter you give a load limit for traffic channels in the BTS. If the TCH load in a cell is below the limit traffic, channels for speech and single-slot data calls are allo-cated using rotation between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If the load limit has been reached or exceeded, the TCH allocation is performed trying to save larger spaces of idle FR resources for possible multislot HSCSD calls by preferring small gaps of free resources and ends of a TRX for single-slot calls.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

If the parameter default value 0 is used in a BTS, the channel allocation in the BTS is performed according to the value of the BSC level parameter load rate for channel search.

RX diversity

With this parameter you define whether RX diversity is used in the BTS. The values are:

If the value is Y, check that the TRX configuration and antenna configuration support RX diversity or 4-way RX diversity.

The parameter is available for the MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multira-dio. Only UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio support 4-way RX diversity.

TCH rate intra-cell handover <option>

TRIH = decimal number

With this parameter you control the TCH channel rate determination in TCH allocation and the TCH speech codec to be allocated during internal intra-cell handover. The values are:

2 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from another TRX than the BCCH TRX.

3 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX for the non-AMR users and for the AMR users primarily beyond the BCCH TRX.

Parameter Value Explanation

RDIV = Y RX diversity is used.

N RX diversity is not used.

Parameter Value Explanation

TRIH = 0 Constraints given by the BSS-level parameter (TCH rate internal HO) are followed.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 96: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

96 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

lower limit for FR TCH resources <option>

FRL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the percentage of the full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. The values range from 0 to 100%.

During optional Half Rate, the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter. After that, half rate resources are allocated.

During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of FR AMR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel alloca-tion.

The BTS-level parameters FRL and FRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters HRL and HRU. When the parameters FRL and FRU have mean-ingful values (FRL <= FRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH alloca-tion. When the parameters FRL and FRU do not have meaningful values, the BSC object parameters are used. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.

upper limit for FR TCH resources <option>

FRU = decimal number

1 The call serving type of TCH and speech codec have to be allocated primarily.

2 The call serving type of TCH and speech codec have to be allocated primarily during the speech connection; the channel rate change is possible during data connection when needed if the radio interface data rate allows it.

3 Channel rate and speech codec changes are denied totally. The call serving type of channel and speech codec is the only alternative in TCH allocation.

4 The preferred channel rate and speech codec of TCH has to be allocated primarily.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 97: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

97

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation. The values range from 0 to 100%.

During optional Half Rate, the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.

During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of FR AMR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing becomes inactive when the number of free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.

The BTS-level parameters FRL and FRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters HRL and HRU. When the parameters FRL and FRU have mean-ingful values (FRL <= FRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH alloca-tion. When the parameters FRL and FRU do not have meaningful values, the BSC object parameters are used. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.

AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources <option>

AFRL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation in order to use full rate for AMR calls in the cell. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the threshold given in the parameter. AMR half rate resources are then allocated.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the use of half rate for AMR calls on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allo-cation. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter. After that, half rate resources are allocated.

During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to HR calls on BTS level according to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel alloca-tion.

During optional AMR HR and optional Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate (AMR FR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to AMR HR calls on BTS level accord-ing to the cell load. Packing is done via an intra-cell handover. Packing is active when the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the value of the parameter and is actually triggered by a new channel allocation for BSC. The principle in packing is that the number of free full rate resources increases by one compared to the situation before the new channel allocation.

The BTS-level parameters AFRL and AFRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters AHRL and AHRU. When parameters AFRL and AFRU have meaningful values (AFRL is equal to or smaller than AFRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. Otherwise the BSC object parameters are in use. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.

Page 98: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

98 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources <option>

AFRU = decimal number

With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic channel allocation before the BSC allocates AMR calls in full rate mode again after using half rate for AMR calls in the cell. Full rate TCHs are again allo-cated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the threshold given by the parameter.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

During optional Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate (AMR HR), the parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination for AMR calls on BTS level according to the cell load in traffic channel allocation. Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of the free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.

During optional AMR HR and optional Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate (AMR FR), the parameter controls the packing of AMR FR calls to AMR HR calls on BTS level accord-ing to the cell load. Packing becomes inactive when the number of free full rate resources increases above the value of the parameter.

The BTS-level parameters AFRL and AFRU can have the same values and effects as the BSC object parameters AHRL and AHRU. When parameters AFRL and AFRU have meaningful values (AFRL is equal to or smaller than AFRU), the BSC-level parameters are not significant in TCH allocation. Otherwise the BSC object parameters are in use. The cell load control is applied if the MSC gives only the preferred TCH channel rate.

new establishment causes support

With this parameter you define whether the BSC supports new establishment causes.

The values are:

This parameter is not relevant in GSM phase 1.

radius extension <option>

EXT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the radius extension of an extended cell. The values range from 0 to 67 km.

Value 0 indicates that the cell is a normal cell.

The 2nd generation base stations have radius extensions from 0 to 67 km.

The Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus site types have radius extensions from 0 to 35 km.

The PrimeSite, MetroSite, InSite, and Flexi Multiradio site types do not support the Extended Cell Range.

super radius extension <option>

SEXT = decimal number

Parameter Value Explanation

NECI = Y New establishment causes support is allowed.

N New establishment causes support is not allowed.

Page 99: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

99

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

With this parameter you define the distance of the inner edge of the 35-km-wide super-extended area from the BTS. Only Flexi EDGE and BTSplus site types support the super-extended cell range.

The values range from 36 to 70 km. Value 0 means that super-extended area is not in use.

The default value is 0.

multiband cell reporting <option>

MBR = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of adjacent cells from the other frequency band that the MS will report in the RX level report. The values range from 0 to 3.

early sending indication

With this parameter you accept or forbid the early sending of the MS Classmark 3 message to the network in call setup phase. The Classmark 3 element provides the network with information on the MS, including whether the MS supports Dual Band.

The values are:

non BCCH layer offset <option>

NBL = decimal number

With this parameter you define whether the predefined offset margin is used when eval-uating the signal level of the non-BCCH layer.

The values range from -40 to +40 dBm.

BTS load in SEG <option>

LSEG = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the load limit for a BTS. The BTS load parameter is used in controlling the load distribution between BTSs in a segment.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

scale ord <option>

With this parameter you define an offset that is added to the reported downlink signal level.

The values are:

AMH upper load threshold <option>

AUT = decimal number or N

Parameter Value Explanation

ESI = Y Early sending is accepted.

N Early sending is forbidden.

Parameter Value Explanation

SCO = 0 no

1 scaled by 10 dB

2 automatic

Page 100: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

100 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the upper threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger BSC-controlled traffic reason handovers.

The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.

AMH lower load threshold <option>

ALT = decimal number or N

With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to trigger advanced multilayer handling functionality with IUO and/or Dual Band/microcell.

The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.

AMH max load of target cell <option>

AML = decimal number or N

With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the maximum traffic load in adjacent cell allowed for a target cell of traffic reason handover (TRHO).

The values range from 0 to 100%. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.

TRHO guard time

TGT = decimal number or N

With this parameter you define the guard time after a BSC-controlled or an MSC-con-trolled TRHO, during which a handover back to the original cell is not allowed.

The values range from 0 to 120 s. Use value N (not in use) if you want to use the corre-sponding BSC-level value. In this case the parameter of the current cell is BSC specific.

DL noise level

DLN = decimal number

With this parameter you define the BTS-specific downlink noise level for the C/N check where cell access control is applied based on channel type specific C/N soft blocking limit.

The values range from -120 to -80 dBm.

UL noise level

ULN = decimal number

With this parameter you define the BTS-specific uplink noise level for the C/N check where cell access control is applied based on channel type specific C/N soft blocking limit.

The values range from -120 to -80 dBm.

STIRC enabled <option>

With this parameter you define whether Space Time Interference Rejection Combining (STIRC) is used in the BTS. This parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTS site types.

All TRXs of the STIRC-enabled BTS must have STIRC-capable hardware.

Page 101: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

101

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

The values are:

extended BCCH enabled <option>

With this parameter it is possible to use the extended BCCH in the segment. By default it is disabled.

The values are:

g This parameter is visible only in the case of UltraSite, MetroSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs.

immediate SDCCH HO enabled <option>

With this BTS level parameter you can define if the immediate SDCCH intra cell handover is activated or not.

The values range from 0 to 2, step 1. They are:

2G TRX power down threshold <option>

PWDT = decimal number

With this parameter you activate the2G TRX Automatic Power Down feature by giving the load threshold parameter a value greater than zero. The threshold parameter indi-cates the number of traffic channels that have to be idle after TRXs are powered down. The actual TRX power down is started if the load in the segment is low enough for the period of time defined by the 2G TRX power down supervision period (PWDPRD) parameter.

The value of this parameter must be higher than the value of the parameter PWUT.

The value range is from 0 to 255 TCHs.

The parameter is available only for the Flexi EDGE site type.

2G TRX power up threshold <option>

PWUT = decimal number

Parameter Value Explanation

STIRC = Y STIRC is enabled.

N STIRC is disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

EBENA = N extended BCCH is disabled.

Y extended BCCH is enabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

ISIC = 0 ISIC HO is disabled.

1 ISIC HO is active, no HO if no SDCCH is available.

2 ISIC HO is active, dynamic SDCCH can be used if no SDCCH is available.

Page 102: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

102 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels which have to be free in the segment when TRXs have been powered down by 2G TRX Automatic Power Down. When the number of free traffic channels decreases below this threshold, the TRXs are powered up.

The value of this parameter must be lower than the value of the parameter PWDT.

The value range is from 0 to 254 TCHs.

The parameter is available only for the Flexi EDGE site type.

merged PGSM and EGSM enabled <option>

With this parameter it is possible to use PGSM 900 and EGSM 900 resources as a unified band of frequencies in the cell. PGSM only mobiles cannot be quaranteed to work in all configurations when this parameter is enabled.

The values are:

cell reselection parameter index <option>

With this parameter you define whether C2 reselection parameters are broadcast to mobile stations. The C2 cell reselection allows you to define other criteria for cell rese-lection in addition to power level.

The values are:

If you deactivate the C2 microcell reselect in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.

The C2 cell reselection parameters (PI, QUA, REO, TEO, and PET) are not relevant in GSM phase 1.

cell bar qualify <option>

With this parameter you define whether cell barring can be overridden.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

MPE = N merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 is disabled.

Y merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 is enabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

PI = Y C2 reselection parameters are broadcast.

N C2 reselection parameters are not broadcast.

Parameter Value Explanation

QUA = Y Cell barring can be overridden.

N Cell barring cannot be overridden.

Page 103: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

103

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

cell reselect offset <option>

REO = decimal number

With this parameter you define the offset of the C2 reselection criterion for a cell. The values range from 0 dB to 126 dB, and can be changed in 2 dB steps.

temporary offset <option>

TEO = decimal number

With this parameter you define the negative offset of the C2 reselection criterion for the duration of the penalty time (PET) after the MS has placed the cell on the list of the strongest carriers.

The values range from 0 dB to 70 dB, and can be changed in 10 dB steps. Value 70 dB means infinity.

penalty time <option>

PET = decimal number

With this parameter you define the duration for which the temporary offset (TEO) applies.

The values range from 20 s to 640 s, and can be changed in 20 s steps. Value 640 indi-cates that the parameter cell reselect offset (REO) is changed, and that the temporary offset (TEO) is ignored.

threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>

QSRI = decimal number

With this parameter you define the threshold value for dual mode mobiles in idle state to search for and to measure UTRAN neighbour cells. The cells are introduced in the 3G Cell Reselection list when a running average of received downlink signal level (RLA_C) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-15) the threshold. This parameter is broad-cast only on BCCH.

gprs threshold to search UTRAN cells <option>

QSRP = decimal number

With this parameter you define the threshold value for GPRS-capable dual mode mobiles to search for and to measure UTRAN neighbour cells. The cells are introduced in the 3G Cell Reselection list when a running average of received downlink signal level (RLA_P) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-15) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast either on BCCH or PBCCH.

This parameter is sent on BCCH if PBCCH does not exist. If this parameter is broadcast on BCCH, it is used only if GPRS cell re-selection parameters for one or more cells are sent to the MS in a Packet Cell Change Order or Packet Measurement Order message.

Parameter Value Description

QSRI = 0 to 6 -98 ...-74 dBm, in 4 dBm steps

7 infinity (always measured)

8 to 14 -78 ...-54 dBm, in 4 dBm steps

15 infinity (never measured)

Page 104: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

104 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

fdd and tdd cell reselect offset <option>

FDD = decimal number

With this parameter you define a UTRAN cell reselection offset for non-GPRS capable dual mode mobiles which are in the idle state.

The mobiles add the offset to the running average (RLA_C) of the received signal level of the serving GSM cell and non-serving GSM cells before the mobiles compare the measured RSCP values of UTRAN cells with the signal levels of the GSM cells.

☞ A non-GPRS capable dual mode mobile always makes a cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to a UTRAN cell if the parameter value is N and the measured RSCP level of the UTRAN cell is high enough.

minimum fdd threshold <option>

FDM = decimal number

With this parameter you define a minimum Ec/Io threshold which must be exceeded before a non-GPRS-capable dual mode mobile is allowed to make a reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell which is using frequency division duplex (FDD) type access technology/mode.

The values range from -20 to -6 dB with 2 dB steps.

Parameter Value Description

QSRP = 0 to 6 -98 ...-74 dBm, in 4 dBm steps

7 infinity (always measured)

8 to 14 -78 ...-54 dBm, in 4 dBm steps

15 infinity (never measured)

Parameter Value Description

FDD = -28 to 28 dB in 4 dB steps

N minus infinity dB

Parameter Value Description

FDM= -20 -20 dB

-18 -18 dB

-16 -16 dB

-14 -14 dB

-12 -12 dB (*)

-10 -10 dB (*)

-8 -8 dB (*)

-6 -6 dB (*)

Page 105: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

105

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

(*) Some rare MSS used in test purposes may interpret the received value as a greater dB value in the case of values -12 dB, -10 dB, -8 dB, and -6 dB if the MSS do not follow an interpretation change made according to the 3GPP standard 05.08 CR A375.

The rare MSS mentioned above interpret value -12 dB as -13 dB, -10 dB as -15 dB, -8 dB as -17 dB, and -6 dB as -19 dB.

minimum fdd threshold offset <option>

FDMO = decimal number

This parameter applies a negative offset to the minimum Ec/No threshold for cell rese-lection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dual mode mobiles (from R5 onwards).

The values range from 0 dB to 14 dB, in 2 dB steps.

minimum RSCP threshold <option>

FDR = decimal number

This parameter defines the minimum received signal code power (RSCP) threshold for cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjacent UTRAN FDD cell for dual mode mobiles (from R5 onwards).

The values range from -114 dB to -84 dB, in 2 dB steps.

DFCA mode <option>

DMOD = decimal number

With this parameter you define the operational mode of a DFCA BTS.

The values are:

☞ The value change of parameter DFCA mode (DMOD) between Off and Standby can be made online. But you cannot change the mode from Off to DFCA hopping.

☞ The value change of parameter DFCA mode (DMOD) to or from mode DFCA hopping requires base transceiver station (BTS) locking. Changing the DFCA mode to DFCA hopping also requires that the BTS site type is either C (MetroSite), P (UltraSite), E (Flexi EDGE), or M (Flexi Multiradio).

forced HR mode C/I averaging period <option>

FHR = decimal number

With this parameter you define the period for calculating an average C/I of the 1-way DL C/I estimates used in DFCA channel assignments. This BTS-specific average value is used in deciding between full rate and half rate in DFCA channel assignment.

The values range from 5 to 30 min in 5 min steps.

forced HR mode C/I threshold <option>

FHT = decimal number

Parameter Value Description

DMOD = 0 Off

1 Standby

2 DFCA hopping

Page 106: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

106 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, the HR will be preferred for all the DFCA speech channel assignments of non-AMR requests.

The values range from 0 to 63 dB.

forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold <option>

FAHT = decimal number

If the BTS level average C/I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, the HR will be preferred for all the DFCA speech channel assignments of AMR requests.

The values range from 0 to 63 dB.

forced HR mode hysteresis <option>

FHH = decimal number

With this parameter you define how many decibels the BTS level C/I average must be above the corresponding forced HR mode C/I threshold in order for the forced HR mode to be switched off.

The values range from 0 to 63 dB.

IBHO GSM enabled <option>

With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour GSM cells are filtered out from mobile-specific handover target cell lists or not. The filtering is done based on IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks, and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled in the cell and the MS is anonymous for the BSC, the BSC-level fil-tering parameter IMSI based handover GSM cells anonymous MS (IBGA) is used to define permitted neighbour GSM cells for the MS.

When you modify the parameter, all BTSs of the segment must be in a LOCKED state.

The values are:

g 2nd generation and InSite base transceiver stations (BTS) do not support IMSI-based handover (IBHO).

IBHO WCDMA enabled <option>

With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour WCDMA cells are filtered out from mobile-specific handover target cell lists or not. The filtering is done based on IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks, and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled in the cell and the MS is anonymous for the BSC, the BSC-level filtering parameter IMSI based handover WCDMA cells anonymous MS (IBWA) is used to define permitted neighbour WCDMA cells for the MS.

When you modify the parameter, all BTSs of the segment must be in a LOCKED state.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

IGE= Y IMSI-based handover to GSM cells is enabled.

N IMSI-based handover to GSM cells is disabled.

Page 107: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

107

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

g 2nd generation and InSite base transceiver stations (BTS) do not support IMSI-based handover (IBHO).

SDCCH measurement report sending

With this parameter you define whether or not the SDCCH radio measurements have to be transmitted on the A-bis interface.

The values are:

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

interval measurement report sending

With this parameter you specify the granularity in which the radio measurements have to be transmitted on the A-bis interface in case they are enabled (for example 8 = 1/8).

IMREPS = decimal number

The values range from 1 to 254.

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

FACH busy threshold

With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover access. A signal level exceeding this threshold is interpreted as a busy FACCH (Handover ACCESS).

FACHBT = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 127 dBm’s.

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

RACH busy threshold

With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover access. A signal level exceeding this threshold is interpreted as a busy RACH (when transmitting CHANNEL REQUEST (RACH)).

RACHBT = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 127 dBm’s.

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

Parameter Value Explanation

IWE= Y IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cells is enabled.

N IMSI-based handover to WCDMA cells is disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

SMREPS= Y radio measurements transmitted

N radio measurements not transmitted

Page 108: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

108 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL <option>

With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH/FACCH.

This parameter is used to define on a per cell basis the threshold for RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL.

RSDL = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 25.

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL <option>

With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH/FACCH.

This parameter is used to define on a per cell basis the threshold for RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL.

RSUL = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 25.

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

repeated SACCH in DL <option>

With this parameter you determine whether the Repeated SACCH is enabled or not in DL on a per cell basis for different codec types and/or signaling.

You can give 0 or 1-7 values at the same time by using the wild card character &.

The values are:

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

repeated SACCH in UL <option>

With this parameter you determine whether the Repeated SACCH is enabled or not in UL on a per cell basis for different codec types and/or signaling.

You can give 0 or 1-7 values at the same time by using the wild card character &.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

ERSDL= 0 disabled

1 TCH_AFS

2 TCH_AHS

4 TCH_EFS

8 TCH_FS

16 TCH_HS

32 TCH_WFS

64 Signalling

Parameter Value Explanation

ERSDL= 0 disabled

Page 109: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

109

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

enable temporary overpower <option>

With this parameter you determine whether TOP (Temporary Overpower) is enabled or disabled on cell basis for the specified codec type.

You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character &.

The values are:

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

Repeated FACCH In DL

With this parameter you determine whether the repeated FACCH in downlink is enabled or disabled on a cell basis for those MS not having signaled their Repeated ACCH Capa-bility as '1'. Those types of MSSs include legacy MSS and new MSSs that have to signal their Repeated ACCH Capability as '0'. To enable Repeated FACCH on LAPDm command frames for a certain codec in the cell, the name of that codec is entered in a list.

You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character ‘&’.

The values are:

1 TCH_AFS

2 TCH_AHS

4 TCH_EFS

8 TCH_FS

16 TCH_HS

32 TCH_WFS

64 Signalling

Parameter Value Explanation

ETOP= 0 disabled

1 TCH_AFS

2 TCH_AHS

4 TCH_EFS

8 TCH_FS

16 TCH_HS

32 TCH_WFS

Parameter Value Explanation

RFDL= 0 disabled

1 TCH_AFS

2 TCH_AHS

4 TCH_EFS

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 110: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

110 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

Repeated FACCH In UL

With this parameter you determine whether repeated FACCH in uplink is enabled or disabled on cell basis for the specified codec type

You can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the wild card character ‘&’.

The values are:

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

apply repeated FACCH <option>

With this parameter you enable applying repeated FACCH on any command frames.

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

carrier unit configuration

With this parameter you indicate which types of carrier units are used within the BTSplus serving the cell. This information must be considered for power aspects, as carrier unit types have different transmission power levels.

This parameter should be set in case of a cell with an inhomogeneous carrier unit con-figuration to ensure that the maximum output power difference between the carrier units is below 2 dB.

This value is used when the cell has an inhomogeneous carrier unit configuration with old 1800/1900 MHz CUs (45.3 dBm output power) and ECU V2/3/3a of the same fre-quency band.

8 TCH_FS

16 TCH_HS

32 TCH_WFS

Parameter Value Explanation

RFUL= 0 disabled

1 TCH_AFS

2 TCH_AHS

4 TCH_EFS

8 TCH_FS

16 TCH_HS

32 TCH_WFS

Parameter Value Explanation

ARF= N Apply R-FACCH is disabled

Y Apply R-FACCH is enabled

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 111: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

111

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

TX diversity time shift

With this parameter you switch TX diversity time between coverage mode (enabled) and standard mode (disabled). You also configure time slots or logical channels which are excluded from being sent in TX Diversity Time Shift mode.

The parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.

GSM priority <option>

With this parameter you define an absolute priority of the serving (GSM) cell.

GPRIO = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 7 [Value 0 is the lowest and value 7 is the highest priority].

Default value is 7.

WCDMA priority <option>

With this parameter you define an absolute priority of the WCDMA neigbours cells.

WPRIO = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 7.

Default value is 6.

Priority search threshold <option>

With this parameter you define threshold for the serving cell that controls measurement of inter-RAT cells or frequencies.

PSTHR = decimal number

The values range from -98 dB to -56 dB.

Default value is 15.

Low priority threshold <option>

With this parameter you a threshold for the serving cell below which the MS is allowed to reselect to lower priority cells.

Parameter Value Explanation

CUCONF= 0 HOMOGENEOUS

1 CU_FLEXCU_BS82II D

2 CU_ECU_DCSPCS

Parameter Value Explanation

TXDIV= 0 DISABLED

1 NO EXEPTION

2 SCH EXEPTIONS

3 BCCH TRX TS0 EXEPTION

4 BCCH TRX EXEPTION

Page 112: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

112 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

LPTHR = decimal number

The values range from -100 dBm to -72 dBm.

Default value is 15.

Reselection algorithm hysteresis <option>

With this parameter you define a hysteresis used in the priority reselection algorithm.

HPRIO = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 3 [Rule disabled (0), 5 dB (1), 4dB (2), 3 dB (3)].

Default value is 0.

Time hysteresis <option>

With this parameter you define a time hysteresis in priority based cell reselection algo-rithm in the serving cell.

TIMEH = decimal number

The values range from 0 to 3 [5 sec (0), 10 sec (1), 15 sec (2), 20 sec (3)].

Default value is 1.

Examples 1. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQM:BTS=20:DTX=0,BMA=2,PMAX1=21,PMIN=15;

2. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQM:BTS=20:RET=4,NY1=20,SLO=10,CB=N,BLT=50,TRIH=0,DMAX=40;

3. Modify miscellaneous parameters of BTS CENTRUM1.

ZEQM:NAME=CENTRUM1:RET=4,NY1=20,SLO=10,CB=N,BLT=50,RDIV=N,TRIH=2;

4. The parameters EBENA, MPE, GPRIO. WPRIO, PSTHR, LPTHR, HPRIO , and TIMEH are modified for the BTS-1.

ZEQM:BTS=1:EBENA=Y:MPE=N:::::GPRIO=4,WPRIO=5,PSTHR=-50,LPTHR=-98,HPRIO=5,TIMEH=10;

Additional informa-tion

Parameter Name

PMIN MS txpwr min

RDIV Rx diversity

EXT radius extension

SEXT super radius extension

NBL non BCCH layer offset

LSEG BTS load in SEG

DLN DL noise level

ULN UL noise level

STIRC STIRC enabled

ISIC immediate SDCCH HO enabled

Table 9 BTS-specific parameters in command M

Page 113: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

113

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

DMOD DFCA mode

FHR forced HR mode C/I averaging period

FHT forced HR mode C/I threshold

FAHT forced AMR HR mode C/I threshold

FHH forced HR mode hysteresis

Parameter Name

DTX DTX mode

BMA BTS measure average

PMAX1 MS txpwr max gsm

PMAX2 MS txpwr max gsm1x00

RET max number of retransmission

NY1 max number of repetition

SLO number of slots spread trans

CB SMS CB used

BLT BTS load threshold

DMAX MS max distance in call setup

TRP TRX priority in TCH allocation

CLC cell load for channel search

TRIH TCH rate intra-cell handover

FRL lower limit for fr tch resources

FRU upper limit for fr tch resources

AFRL AMR lower limit for SEG FR resources

AFRU AMR upper limit for SEG FR resources

NECI new establishment causes support

MBR multiband cell reporting

ESI early sending indication

SCO scale ord

AUT AMH upper load threshold

ALT AMH lower load threshold

AML AMH max load of target cell

TGT TRHO guard time

EBENA extended BCCH enabled

PWDT 2G TRX power down threshold

PWUT 2G TRX power up threshold

Table 10 SEG-specific parameters in command M

Parameter Name

Table 9 BTS-specific parameters in command M (Cont.)

Page 114: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

114 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

MPE merged PGSM900 and EGSM900 enabled

PI cell reselection parameter index

QUA cell bar qualify

REO cell reselect offset

TEO temporary offset

PET penalty time

QSRI threshold to search UTRAN cells

QSRP GPRS threshold to search UTRAN cells

FDD fdd and tdd cell reselect offset

FDM minimum fdd threshold

FDMO minimum fdd threshold offset

FDR minimum RSCP threshold

IGE IBHO GSM enabled

IWE IBHO WCDMA enabled

IMREPS interval measurement report sending

FACHBT FACCH busy threshold

RACHBT RACH busy threshold

RRSDL repeated SACCH RX lev threshold DL

RSRUL repeated SACCH RX lev threshold UL

RSDL repeated SACCH in DL

RSUL repeated SACCH in UL

ETOP enable temporary overpower

RFDL repeated FACCH in DL

RFUL repeated FACCH in UL

SMREPS SDCCH measurement report sending

ARF apply repeated FACCH

CUCONF carrier unit configuration

TXDIV TX diversity time shift

GPRIO GSM priority

WPRIO WCDMA priority

PSTHR priority search threshold

LPTHR low priority threshold

HPRIO reselection algorithm hysteresis

TIMEH time hysteresis

Parameter Name

Table 10 SEG-specific parameters in command M (Cont.)

Page 115: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

115

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80,STIRC=N;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. N

Page 116: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

116 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

IMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)..........(PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............(PWUT).. 5C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS: CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..........(QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.....(QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET.........(FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD....................(FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET.............(FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD...................(FDR)... -100 dBm DFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE................................(DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD......(FHR)... 15 min FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.............(FHT)... 0 dB FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.........(FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................(FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... -

*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command

ZEQM:SEG=1:BMA=2,CLC=50,MBR=1;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================

SEG-0001 BIG_CENTRUM1------------------–---------

DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 02MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAXGSM 1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... Y

Page 117: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

117

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

BTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 50 %TCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 % AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(AUT).... 80 %AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(ALT).... 20 %AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL..............(AML).... 70 %TRHO GUARD TIME..........................(TGT).... 30 sPOWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)..........(PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............(PWUT).. 5C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..........(QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.....(QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET.........(FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD....................(FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET.............(FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD...................(FDR)... -100 dBm IBHO PARAMETERS: IBHO GSM ENABLED..........................(IGE)... N IBHO WCDMA ENABLED........................(IWE)... N

*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command

ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80;

is:

Page 118: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

118 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

BSC BSC-LAB 2009-03-19 13:54:32MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

DTX MODE................................. (DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE...................... (BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................ (PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00.................... (PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................ (PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION............. (RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION................. (NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS............. (SLO).... 03SMS CB USED.............................. (CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD....................... (BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............ (DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION........... (TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH............. (CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY............................. (RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER............. (TRIH)... 0 (NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRL)... 40 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT......... (NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION......................... (EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION................... (SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING................. (MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION................. (ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET.................... (NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG.......................... (LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................ (SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL ............. (AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME ......................... (TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (DLN)... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (ULN)... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs).......... (PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)............ (PWUT).. 5C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS: CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX...... (PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY...................... (QUA).... N

Page 119: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

119

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

CELL RESELECT OFFSET.................. (REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET...................... (TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME.......................... (PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.......... (QSRI).. never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..... (QSRP).. never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET......... (FDD)... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.................... (FDM)... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET............. (FDMO).. 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD................... (FDR)... -100 dBmBTSPLUS SPECIFIC PARAMETERS: SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING......... (SMREPS)... N INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING...... (IMREPS)... 8 dBm FACH BUSY THRESHOLD...................... (FACHBT)... 109 dBm RACH BUSY THRESHOLD...................... (RACHBT)... 109 dBm REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL....... (RSDL)..... 10 REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL....... (RSUL)..... 7 REPEATED SACCH IN DL..................... (RSDL)..... DISABLED REPEATED SACCH IN UL..................... (RSUL)..... DISABLED ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER............... (ETOP)..... DISABLED

REPEATED FACCH IN DL.......................(RFDL)..... DISABLEDREPEATED FACCH IN DL.......................(RFUL)..... DISABLED

APPLY REPEATED FACCH..................... (EARF)..... N CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION............... (CUCONF)... HOMOGENEOUS TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT.................. (TXDIV).... DISABLED

An example: Set the distance of the super-extended area of BTS-1 to 55.?

The execution printout of the command

ZEQM:BTS=1:SEXT=55;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2008-10-19 13:54:32MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USRBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINEDDTX MODE................................. (DTX).... 2 (MS SHALL NOT USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE...................... (BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................ (PMAX1).. 33 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00.................... (PMAX2).. 30 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................ (PMIN)... 00 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION............. (RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION................. (NY1).... 05NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS............. (SLO).... 10SMS CB USED.............................. (CB)..... N

Page 120: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

120 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

BTS LOAD THRESHOLD....................... (BLT).... 070 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............ (DMAX)... 255 (NO REJECTION)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION........... (TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH............. (CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY............................. (RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER............. (TRIH)... 0(NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRL).... 100 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES......... (FRU).... 0 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRL)... 100 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES..... (AFRU)... 0 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT......... (NECI)... NRADIUS EXTENSION......................... (EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION................... (SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING................. (MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION................. (ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET.................... (NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG.......................... (LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................ (SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................ (ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL ............. (AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME ......................... (TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (DLN)... -117 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL .......................... (ULN)... -117 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................ (STIRC).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS :CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX...... (PI)..... NCELL BAR QUALIFY...................... (QUA).... NCELL RESELECT OFFSET.................. (REO).... 0 dBTEMPORARY OFFSET...................... (TEO).... 0 dBPENALTY TIME.......................... (PET).... 20 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS:THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS.......... (QSRI).. neverGPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS..... (QSRP).. neverFDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET......... (FDD)... NMINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.................... (FDM)... -12 dBMINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET............. (FDMO).. 0 dBMINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD................... (FDR)... -102 dBmDFCA PARAMETERS:DFCA MODE................................ (DMOD).. OFFFORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD...... (FHR)... 15 minFORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD............. (FHT)... 0 dBFORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD......... (FAHT).. 0 dBFORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................ (FHH)... 3 dBBSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... -BSC DATABASE UPDATEDCOMMAND EXECUTED

Page 121: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

121

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

The execution printout of the command

ZEQM:BTS=1:DTX=0,BMA=1,SLO=3,CB=Y,DMAX=25,FRL=20,FRU=80,STIRC=N,ISIC=0;

is :

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USRBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. DEFINEDDTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0(NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... YRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 60 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USEDDL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)

Page 122: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

122 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058077a627

EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS :CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *)CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... NCELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dBTEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dBPENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 s

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command

ZEQM:BTS=1:EBENA=Y,UDRB=-60,LDRB=-100:MPE=Y::::::GPRIO=4,WPRIO=5,PSTHR=-50,LPTHR=-98,HPRIO=5,TIMEH=10;

BSC3i DX220-LAB 2007-11-05 17:25:08MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:==========================================BCF-0022 BTS-0023 FLEXI23-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WOBTS BACKGROUND DATA STATE .. NOT DEFINEDDTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 2 (MS SHALL NOT USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 33 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 30 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 05 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 05NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 10SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... NBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 070 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 255 (NO REJECTION)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 0(NO CONSTRAINTS)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 100 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 0 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... NRADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 00 km (NORMAL CELL)MULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YSCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(AUT).... NOT USEDAMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD ................(ALT).... NOT USEDAMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL .............(AML).... NOT USEDTRHO GUARD TIME .........................(TGT).... NOT USED

Page 123: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

123

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQM MODIFY MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058077a627

DL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(DLN)... -117 dBUL NOISE LEVEL ..........................(ULN)... -117 dBSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NEXTENDED BCCH ENABLED ...................(EBENA).. YUPPER DL RX LEV FOR BCCH TRX PREFERENCE...(UDRB).. -70 dBmLOWER DL RX LEV FOR BCCH TRX PREFERENCE...(LDRB).. -110 dBmC2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS:

CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... N CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... NCELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 0 dBTEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 0 dBPENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 20 s

DFCA PARAMETERS:DFCA MODE ............................(DMOD).. OFFFORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD ..(FHR)... 15 minFORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD .....(FAHT).. 0 dBFORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS ............(FHH)... 3 dBBSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS ........................ –

IBHO PARAMETERS:IBHO GSM ENABLED .....................(IGE)... N

POWER SAVE PARAMETERS:2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)....(PWDT)... 102G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs)......(PWUT)... 5

MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED.......(MPE).... YLTE CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS: GSM PRIORITY...........................(GPRIO).... 4 WCDMA PRIORITY.........................(WPRIO).... 5 PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD..............(PSTHR).... -50 dB LOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD.................(LPTHR).... -98 dB RESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS.......(HPRIO).... 5 dB TIME HYSTERESIS........................(TIMEH).... 10 s

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 124: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

124 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1d9

EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>

EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS <option>

Function With this command you modify the BTS trunk reservation parameters. The command is optional.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: trunk reservation used, limit for free TCHs, number of traffic channels reserved for priority sub-scribers only, restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover, reservation method used in trunk reservation: traffic types, table identification;

SyntaxEQT : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( [ TR = <trunk reservation used> | LIMIT = <limit for free TCHs> | TCRP = <number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only> | RUP = <restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover> | REM = <reservation method used in trunk reservation> ] ... :

[ TT = <traffic types> | TBL = <table identification> ] ) ... ; <option>

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

Page 125: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

125

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1d9

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment has more than one BTS

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment has more than one BTS

trunk reservation used

With this parameter you define whether the trunk reservation algorithm is used in the cell. The values are:

If you deactivate the trunk reservation in the PRFILE when this parameter is in use, a warning text is printed out.

limit for free TCHs

LIMIT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of free traffic channels that must be exceeded before all access attempts are granted. The value is BTS-specific and common to all traffic types of that BTS. The values range from 1 to 16.

number of traffic channels reserved for priority subscribers only

TCRP = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels reserved in the BTS for priority subscribers only. The values range from 0 to 8.

restricted use of priority channels in incoming handover

With this parameter you define if the priority channels are available only for priority sub-scribers also in an incoming handover. The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

TR = Y Trunk reservation algorithm is in use.

N Trunk reservation algorithm is not in use.

Parameter Value Explanation

RUP = Y TCRP-defined number of traffic channels is available only for priority subscribers also in an incoming handover.

Page 126: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

126 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1d9

EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>

reservation method used in trunk reservation

With this parameter you define which reservation method of traffic channels the trunk reservation algorithm uses. The values are:

traffic types

TT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the traffic type(s) that will be attached to the decision threshold table. The values range from 1 to 10.

You can attach multiple traffic types to the same decision threshold table by using the grouping characters & and &&. If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter table identification (TBL).

To detach the BTS's traffic types that are not attached to any decision threshold table, enter this parameter without the parameter table identification (TBL).

The traffic types are:

table identification

TBL = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of the trunk reservation decision threshold table which will be attached to the BTS. The values range from 0 to 64.

Use value 0 to detach the defined traffic type(s) from all decision threshold tables. In addition, if you have not defined the traffic types (parameter TT), all traffic types of that BTS are detached from all decision threshold tables.

Examples 1. Attach traffic type 1 of BTS-2 to the decision threshold table number 2. The trunk reservation algorithm is in use and the limit for free TCHs is 3.

ZEQT:BTS=2:TR=Y,LIMIT=3:TT=1,TBL=2;

N All traffic channels are available for all subscribers in an incoming handover.

Parameter Value Explanation

REM = DYN dynamic reservation method

STAT static reservation method

Traffic types:

1 GSM call setup

2 MCN call setup

3 GSM handover

4 MCN handover

5 Priority call setup

6 Priority handover

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 127: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

127

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1d9

2. Attach traffic types 1 - 3 of BTS-7 to decision threshold table 6, traffic type 4 to table 8, and traffic types 5 - 10 to table 1. The trunk reservation algorithm is not used and the limit for free TCHs is 2.

ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=N,LIMIT=2:TT=1&&3,TBL=6:TT=4,TBL=8:TT=5&&10,TBL=1;

3. Detach traffic types 1 - 4 of BTS-8 from any decision threshold table.

ZEQT:BTS=8::TT=1&&4,TBL=0;

4. Detach all traffic types of BTS CENTRUM1 from any decision threshold table. Define 2 traffic channels for priority subscribers only. Restrict the access of other than priority subscribers for 2 traffic channels also in incoming handover. Define the res-ervation method the traffic channels' trunk reservation algorithm uses to static.

ZEQT:NAME=CENTRUM1:TCRP=2,RUP=Y,REM=STAT:TBL=0;

5. Set trunk reservation on in BTS 7.

ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=Y;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQT:BTS=7:TR=Y,LIMIT=12:TT=1,TBL=6:TT=2,TBL=4:TT=4,TBL=5:TT=6,TBL=1;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

DECISION THRESHOLD TABLE RELATIONS MODIFIED===========================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM1----------–-------------------------–--------–-------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

TRUNK RESERVATION USED...................(TR)..... Y *)LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS......................(LIMIT).. 12TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS...(TCRP)... 0RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS......(RUP).... NRESERVATION METHOD.......................(REM).... STAT

TRAFFIC TYPE TABLE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) 6 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) 4 3 (GSM HANDOVER) - 4 (MCN HANDOVER) 5 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) - 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) 1 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 -

Page 128: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

128 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1d9

EQT MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION PARAME-TERS <option>

*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.

Page 129: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

129

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>Function With this command you modify the GPRS parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio

Network Configuration Database). The command is optional.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: GPRS enabled, EGPRS enabled <option>, routing area code, dedicated GPRS capacity, default GPRS capacity, max GPRS capacity, prefer BCCH frequency GPRS, DL adap-tation probability threshold, UL adaptation probability threshold, DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop, UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop, DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop, UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop, coding scheme no hop, coding scheme hop, initial MCS for acknowledged mode, initial MCS for unacknowl-edged mode, maximum BLER in acknowledged mode, maximum BLER in unacknowl-edged mode, mean BEP offset GMSK, mean BEP offset 8PSK, EGPRS link adaptation enabled <option>, coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled <option>, DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode, UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode, DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode, UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode, adaptive LA algorithm, extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled <option>, extended cell location keep period <option>, DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>, DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>, UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>, UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>, initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode <option>, initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode <option>: network service entity identifier <option>, transport type <option>, packet service entity identifier <option>: BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4, BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4, BTS uplink through-put factor for MCS1-MCS4, BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9, BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4, EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays <option>, EGPRS inactivity alarm start time <option>, EGPRS inactivity alarm end time <option>, DLDC enabled <option>: DTM enabled <option>;

Syntax

EQV : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( [ GENA = <GPRS enabled> | EGENA = <EGPRS enabled> <option> | RAC = <routing area code> | CDED = <dedicated GPRS capacity> | CDEF = <default GPRS capacity> | CMAX = <max GPRS capacity> | BFG = <prefer BCCH frequency GPRS> | DLA = <DL adaptation probability threshold> | ULA = <UL adaptation probability threshold> | DLB = <DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop> | ULB = <UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop> | DLBH = <DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop> | ULBH = <UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop> | COD = <coding scheme no hop> | CODH = <coding scheme hop> | MCA = <initial MCS for acknowledged mode> | MCU = <initial MCS for unacknowledged mode> | BLA = <maximum BLER in acknowledged mode> |

Page 130: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

130 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

BLU = <maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode> | MBG = <mean BEP offset GMSK> | MBP = <mean BEP offset 8PSK> | ELA = <EGPRS link adaptation enabled> <option> | CS34 = <coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled> <option> | DCSA = <DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode> | UCSA = <UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode> | DCSU = <DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode> | UCSU = <UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode> | ALA = <adaptive LA algorithm> | EXGENA = <extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled> <option> | EXKEEP = <extended cell location keep period> <option> | DCSEA = <DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | DCSEU = <DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> | UCSEA = <UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | UCSEU = <UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> | MCEA = <initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode> <option> | MCEU = <initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode> <option> ] ... :

[ NSEI = <network service entity identifier> <option> | TRAT = <transport type> <option> | PSEI = <packet service entity identifier> <option> ] :

[ TFU = <BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4> | TFD = <BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4 > | TFUM1 = <BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4> | TFUM = <BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9> | TFDM = <BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9> EAW = <EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays> <option> ... | EAS = <EGPRS inactivity alarm start time> <option> | EAE = <EGPRS inactivity alarm end time> <option> | DCENA = <DLDC enabled> <option> ] :

[ DENA = <DTM enabled> <option> ] ) ... ; <option>

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.

Page 131: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

131

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG. If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command V in section Additional information.

GPRS enabled

With this parameter you enable or disable the GPRS capability in the cell during the normal operation of the cell.

EGPRS enabled <option>

With this parameter you enable or disable the EGPRS capability in the BTS. All GPRS-enabled (GTRX=Y) TRXs of the BTS have to be EDGE capable. This parameter can be given only to MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

Also GPRS must be enabled in the cell (GENA=Y) in order to enable EGPRS traffic in the BTS.

PCU Object State

This parameter shows the state of PCU object in RNW database. The value is changed by system when logical PCU plug-in-unit is restarting. System modifies this parameter during PCU restart, BCSU reset/switchover or system reset.

Parameter Value Explanation

GENA = Y GPRS is enabled.

N GPRS is disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

EGENA = Y EGPRS is enabled.

N EGPRS is disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

PCU Object State 0 PCU is working.

2 PCU has reset but it is under configuration.

Page 132: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

132 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

routing area code

RAC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number. The values range from 0 to 255.

You can modify this parameter only when the value of the GENA parameter is N.

dedicated GPRS capacity

CDED = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the share of PSW-only channels in a cell. The values range from 0 to 100%.

The value of this parameter must be lower than or equal to the value of the CDEF param-eter.

You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.

default GPRS capacity

CDEF = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the default GPRS territory size in a cell. The channels in the default GPRS territory are used primarily for packet switched traffic. However, if the circuit switched territory becomes congested, the BSC can allocate a traffic channel in the default GPRS territory for circuit switched use.

The values range from 1 to 100%.

The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the CDED parameter.

You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.

max GPRS capacity

CMAX = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum number of packet switched (PSW) channels in a BTS. The values range from 1 to 100%.

The value of this parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the CDEF parameter.

You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.

prefer BCCH frequency GPRS

With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs are preferred in GPRS channel allocation.

Parameter Value Explanation

BFG = 0 No prioritisation is determined between TRXs.

Page 133: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

133

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

You can modify this parameter online when the value of the GENA parameter is N. If the value of the GENA parameter is Y, you must lock the BTS before modifying this param-eter.

DL adaptation probability threshold

DLA = decimal number

With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in downlink adaptation. The values range from 0 to 50%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaption.

UL adaptation probability threshold

ULA = decimal number

With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in uplink adaptation. The values range from 0 to 50%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.

DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop

DLB = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation is used in case of no frequency hopping. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.

UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop

ULB = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation is used in case of no frequency hopping. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.

DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop

DLBH = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation and Frequency Hopping are used. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.

1 GPRS channels are allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX.

2 GPRS channels are allocated primarily beyond the BCCH TRX.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 134: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

134 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop

ULBH = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this point CS-1 and CS-2 give the same effective bit rate and Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meaningful only if link adaptation and hopping are used. The values range from 0 to 100%. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.

coding scheme no hop

With this parameter you indicate the selection of Acknowledged mode of the Coding Scheme in RLC (Radio Link Control) in case frequency hopping is not used. The param-eter is used in GPRS link adaptation.

The values are:

coding scheme hop

With this parameter you indicate the selection of Acknowledged mode of the Coding Scheme in radio link control (RLC) when frequency hopping is used. The parameter is used in GPRS link adaptation.

The values are:

initial MCS for acknowledged mode

MCA = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of an EGPRS TBF for RLC acknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 9.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

Parameter Value Explanation

COD = 0 Link adaptation is used.

1 CS-1 is used.

2 CS-2 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

CODH = 0 Link adaptation is used.

1 CS-1 is used.

2 CS-2 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

MCA= 1 MCS-1 is used.

2 MCS-2 is used.

3 MCS-3 is used.

. .

. .

. .

Page 135: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

135

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

initial MCS for unacknowledged mode

MCU = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the MCS used at the beginning of an GPRS TBF for RLC unacknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 9.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

maximum BLER in acknowledged mode

BLA = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate of the first transmission in EGPRS RLC acknowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 10 to 100%.

maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode

BLU = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate in EGPRS RLC unac-knowledged mode. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from 1 to 100, and the actual unit is one tenth of that.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

8 MCS-8 is used.

9 MCS-9 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

MCU= 1 MCS-1 is used.

2 MCS-2 is used.

3 MCS-3 is used.

. .

. .

. .

8 MCS-8 is used.

9 MCS-9 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

BLU= 1 0.1%

2 0.2%

3 0.3%

. .

. .

. .

100 10%

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 136: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

136 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

mean BEP offset GMSK

MBG = decimal number

With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences in EGPRS. This is the offset added to reported GMSK mean BEP values before EGPRS link adap-tation uses them. The value applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The param-eter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from –31 to 31.

mean BEP offset 8PSK

MBP = decimal number

With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences in EGPRS. This is the offset added to reported 8PSK mean BEP values before BEP table lookups, and before EGPRS link adaptation uses them. The value applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. The values range from –31 to 31.

EGPRS link adaptation enabled <option>

With this parameter you enable or disable EGPRS link adaptation on cell level. If EGPRS link adaptation is disabled, the system uses the MCS value defined by initial MCS for acknowledged mode or initial MCS for unacknowledged mode parameters or a lower MCS. The values range from 0 to 2.

coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled <option>

With this parameter you define whether the Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 application software is used in the BTS.

With the rates of 14.4 and 20.0 kbit/s of coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4, a considerable gain in the data rate can be achieved for GPRS Mobile Stations not supporting EGPRS.

Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used without EGPRS due to the fact that CS-3 and CS-4 can be used both in GPRS and in EGPRS territories. However, Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used with EGPRS as well.

The parameter can be enabled only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTS plus, and Flexi Multiradio with EDGE if the BTS software supports Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 application software, the TRXs under the BTS are using Dynamic Abis, and the PCU card supports Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

ELA = 0 EGPRS link adaptation is disabled.

1 EGPRS link adaptation is enabled for the RLC acknowledged mode.

2 EGPRS link adaptation is enabled for both the RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledged modes.

Page 137: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

137

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

You can modify this parameter only when the BTS is LOCKED.

DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode

DCSA = decimal number

With this parameter you define whether link adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in acknowledged mode in downlink direction.

The values are:

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode

UCSA = decimal number

With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in acknowledged mode in uplink direction.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

CS34= Y Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 are enabled.

N Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 are disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

DCSA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Page 138: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

138 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode

DCSU = decimal number

With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in unacknowledged mode in downlink direction.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

UCSA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

DCSU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

Page 139: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

139

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite,Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode

UCSU = decimal number

With this parameter you define whether Link Adaptation with initial coding scheme or fixed coding scheme is used in unacknowledged mode in uplink direction.

The values are:

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional and valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

adaptive LA algorithm

With this parameter you can define if the used Link Adaptation algorithm is adaptive or not. This parameter is valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multira-dio BTSs.

The values are:

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

UCSU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 140: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

140 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled <option>

With this parameter you define whether the Extended Cell for GPRS/EDGE is enabled in the cell. When this parameter is enabled,

• the EGTCH channels can be used for GPRS/EDGE traffic in extended area TRXs in the GPRS/EDGE-enabled cell and

• all TRXs under the BTS(s), which has a GPRS-enabled TRX (GTRX=Y), must be defined to the dynamic Abis pool and they must have EDGE-capable hardware.

GPRS must also be enabled in the cell (GENA=Y) in order to enable GPRS/EDGE traffic in the extended area of the cell.

Only UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs support the extended cell for GPRS/EDGE functionality.

The values are:

extended cell location keep period <option>

EXKEEP = decimal number

With this parameter you define the time period that tells how long the MS's service area is kept in the PCU's memory following release of all TBFs allocated for the MS.

The values range from 0 to 44 s

The parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and BTSplus BTSs.

DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>

DCSEA = decimal number

With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in downlink direc-tion.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

ALA= Y Adaptive LA algorithm is enabled.

N Adaptive LA algorithm is disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

EXGENA= Y Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE is enabled.

N Extended Cell GPRS/EDGE is disabled.

Parameter Value Explanation

DCSEA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

Page 141: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

141

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.

DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>

DCSEU = decimal number

With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in unac-knowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in downlink direction.

The values are:

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

DCSEU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 142: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

142 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.

UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode <option>

UCSEA = decimal number

With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in uplink direction.

The values are:

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.

UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode <option>

UCSEU = decimal number

With this parameter you define the initial coding scheme for the GPRS territory in unac-knowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell in uplink direction.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

UCSEA= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

UCSEU= 0 Coding scheme CS-1 is used.

1 Coding scheme CS-2 is used.

2 Coding scheme CS-3 is used.

Page 143: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

143

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

Values 2, 3, 6, and 7 are optional, and the parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.

initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode <option>

MCEA = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate the initial modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TBF for acknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation.

The values range from 1 to 9.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

The parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.

initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode <option>

MCEU = decimal number

With this parameter you define the initial EGPRS coding scheme to be used for RLC unacknowledged mode in the extended service area of an extended cell.

The values range from 1 to 9.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

3 Coding scheme CS-4 is used.

4 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-1 is used.

5 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-2 is used.

6 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-3 is used.

7 Link adaptation with initial coding scheme CS-4 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

MCEA= 1 MCS-1 is used.

2 MCS-2 is used.

3 MCS-3 is used.

. .

. .

. .

8 MCS-8 is used.

9 MCS-9 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 144: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

144 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

The parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE BTSs.

network service entity identifier <option>

NSEI = decimal number

With this parameter you manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS/SEG is connected. If you give this parameter, the PCU selection algorithm is not used. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is changed from value N to Y. The routing area must be created and the NSEI must exist on the routing area the BTS/SEG is using.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters TRAT or PSEI.

transport type <option>

With this parameter you manually select the transport type of the NSEI which the BTS/SEG uses. This parameter is used in the PCU selection algorithm.

You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y. The default is that no transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or PSEI.

packet service entity identifier <option>

PSEI = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the PSE object in the BSC. You can give this parameter only when the parameter GPRS enabled (GENA) is set to Y.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give parameters NSEI or TRAT.

The values range from 0 to 99.

Parameter Value Explanation

MCEA= 1 MCS-1 is used.

2 MCS-2 is used.

3 MCS-3 is used.

. .

. .

. .

8 MCS-8 is used.

9 MCS-9 is used.

Parameter Value Explanation

TRAT= IP NSEI which uses IP transport is selected.

FR NSEI which uses FR transport is selected.

ANY No transport type is preferred in NSEI selection.

Page 145: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

145

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4

TFU = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.

BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4

TFD = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.

BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4

TFUM1 = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.

BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9

TFUM = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.

BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9

TFDM = decimal number

With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per time-slot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)CS. The parameter is used when comparing the TSL capacities between different BTSs. The values range from 0 to 100 kbit/s.

EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays <option>

With this parameter you determine the day of week when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

The values are:

Parameter Value Explanation

EAW= ALL every day of the week

MO Monday

. .

. .

. .

SU Sunday

MTF Monday through Friday

NONE disabled

Page 146: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

146 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

EGPRS inactivity alarm start time <option>

With this parameter you determine the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.

The values are:

Note that the EGPRS inactivity alarm start time must be smaller than the EGPRS inac-tivity alarm end time.

EGPRS inactivity alarm end time <option>

With this parameter you determine the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled.

The values are:

Note that the EGPRS inactivity alarm start time must be smaller than the EGPRS inac-tivity alarm end time.

DLDC enabled <option>

With this parameter you define whether the Downlink Dual Carrier (DLDC) is used in the BTS or not.

Parameter Value Explanation

EAS= 00-00 The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.

. .

. .

. .

23-45 The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.

Parameter Value Explanation

EAE= 00-00 The time can be defined in 15 minutes resolution.

. .

. .

. .

23-45 The time can be defined with the accuracy of 15 minutes.

Parameter Value Explanation

DCENA= Y Downlink dual carrier is enabled.

N Downlink dual carrier is disabled.

Page 147: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

147

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

The parameter is valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

Note that EGPRS must be enabled in the BTS when enabling DLDC.

DTM enabled <option>

With this parameter you define whether the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode or not.

Note that GPRS must be enabled in the BTS when enabling DTM. DTM cannot be enabled at the same time when modifying parameters that require GPRS disabling.

Examples 1. Modify the routing area code, dedicated GPRS capacity, and the default GPRS capacity for BTS-20.

ZEQV:BTS=20:GENA=N,RAC=1,CDED=50,CDEF=50;

2. Modify the routing area code of BTS-21. The BTS is unlocked.

ZEQV:BTS=21:RAC=10;

Additional informa-tion

Parameter Value Explanation

DENA= Y Dual transfer mode is enabled.

N Dual transfer mode is disabled.

Parameter Name

EGENA EGPRS enabled

CDED dedicated GPRS capacity

CDEF default GPRS capacity

CMAX max GPRS capacity

CS34 coding schemes CS3 and CS4 enabled

DCSA DL coding scheme in acknowledged mode

UCSA UL coding scheme in acknowledged mode

DCSU DL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode

UCSU UL coding scheme in unacknowledged mode

DCSEA DL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode

DCSEU DL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode

UCSEA UL coding scheme in ext area acknowledged mode

UCSEU UL coding scheme in ext area unacknowledged mode

ALA adaptive LA algorithm

Table 11 BTS-specific parameters in command V

Page 148: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

148 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

TFU BTS uplink throughput factor for CS1-CS4

TFD BTS downlink throughput factor for CS1-CS4

TFUM1 BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS4

TFUM BTS uplink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9

TFDM BTS downlink throughput factor for MCS1-MCS9

EAW EGPRS inactivity alarm weekdays

EAS EGPRS inactivity alarm start time

EAE EGPRS inactivity alarm end time

DCENA DLDC enabled

PUTD PCU up to date

Parameter Name

GENA GPRS enabled

RAC routing area code

BFG prefer BCCH frequency GPRS

DLA DL adaptation probability threshold

ULA UL adaptation probability threshold

DLB DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop

ULB UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection no hop

DLBH DL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop

ULBH UL BLER crosspoint for CS selection hop

COD coding scheme no hop

CODH coding scheme hop

MCA initial MCS for acknowledged mode

MCU initial MCS for unacknowledged mode

BLA maximum BLER in acknowledged mode

BLU maximum BLER in unacknowledged mode

MBG mean BEP offset GMSK

MBP mean BEP offset 8PSK

ELA EGPRS link adaptation enabled

NSEI network service entity identifier

Table 12 SEG-specific parameters in command V

Parameter Name

Table 11 BTS-specific parameters in command V (Cont.)

Page 149: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

149

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

Execution printouts 1) The execution printout of the command

ZEQV:BTS=20:GENA=N,RAC=1,CDEF=50,CDED=50,BFG=2::EAW=MO&WE&FR,EAS=08-00,EAE=18-00:DENA=N;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32

GPRS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:========================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM1---------------------------–BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

GPRS ENABLE......................................(GENA)... NROUTING AREA CODE................................(RAC)... 1EGPRS ENABLE.....................................(EGENA.). NDEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 %DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 %MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 %PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 2DL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(DLA).... 20 %UL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(ULA).... 10 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(DLB).... 68 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(ULB).... 87 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(DLBH)... 11 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(ULBH)... 24 %CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 %MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10(1%)MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4

TRAT transport type

PSEI packet service entity identifier

EXGENA extended cell GPRS/EDGE enabled

EXKEEP extended cell location keep period

MCEA initial MCS for ext area acknowledged mode

MCEU initial MCS for ext area unacknowledged mode

DENA DTM enabled

Parameter Name

Table 12 SEG-specific parameters in command V (Cont.)

Page 150: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

150 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... NDL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 1UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... 1DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... 1UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... 1ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... YEXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). NEXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). 15 sDL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. 1DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... 1BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... 12 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... 12 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. 16 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... 30 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... 30 kbit/sEGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... MO WE FREGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... 08-00EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... 18-00DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. NPCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... NDTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... N

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

2) The execution printout of the command

ZEQV:BTS=21:GENA=Y,RAC=10,BFG=1,EXKEEP=10::EAW=MO&WE&FR,EAS=08-00, EAE=18-00:DENA=Y;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32

GPRS PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:========================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0021 CENTRUM2-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

GPRS ENABLED.....................................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER..............(PSEI)... 13

SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX...................................... 0

Page 151: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

151

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058080258f

PCU INDEX....................................... 3 PCU ID.......................................... 2 PCU OBJECT STATE................................ WORKING

BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...........(BVCI)... 10020 NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIERS AND BVC'S OP.STATES IN NSE: (NSEI)... 00001 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00004 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00235 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 01325 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 21473 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 23453 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 34733 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 46326 (BVC)... BL-SYROUTING AREA CODE................................(RAC).... 10EGPRS ENABLED....................................(EGENA).. NDEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 %DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 %MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 %PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 1DL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(DLA).... 20 %UL adaptation PROBABILITY THRESHOLD..............(ULA).... 10 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(DLB).... 68 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION NO HOP.......(ULB).... 87 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(DLBH)... 11 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT FOR CS SELECTION HOP..........(ULBH)... 24 %CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 %MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10(1%)MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... YDL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 6UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... 7DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... 3UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... 2ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... YEXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). NEXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). 10 sDL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. 1DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... 1BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... 12 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... 12 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. 16 kbit/s

Page 152: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

152 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058080258f

EQV MODIFY GPRS PARAMETERS <option>

BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... 30 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... 30 kbit/sEGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... MO WE FREGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... 08-00EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... 18-00DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. NPCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... NDTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... Y

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, seeGeneral Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, seeRadio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 153: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

153

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1df

EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAME-TERS

Function With this command you modify GPRS control parameters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size <option>, NCCR rxlev idle mode window size <option>, NCCR number of zero results <option>, NCCR other PCU cell offset <option>, QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold, QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold;

SyntaxEQN : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( NRTW = <NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size> <option> | NRIW = <NCCR rxlev idle mode window size> <option> | NNZR = <NCCR number of zero results> <option> | NOPO = <NCCR other PCU cell offset> <option> | QGDRT = <QC GPRS DL ack throughput threshold> | QGURT = <QC GPRS UL ack throughput threshold> | QEDRT = <QC EGPRS DL ack throughput threshold> | QEURT = <QC EGPRS UL ack throughput threshold> ) ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can use the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME if the segment has only one BTS; otherwise you must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

Page 154: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

154 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1df

EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You must use the parameters SEG or SEGNAME if the segment contains more than one BTS.

NCCR rxlev transfer mode window size <option>

NRTW = decimal number

With this parameter you define the window size when averaging RXLEV values in transfer mode. The values range from 0 to 10.

NCCR rxlev idle mode window size <option>

NRIW = decimal number

With this parameter you define the window size when averaging RXLEV values in idle mode. The values range from 0 to 10.

NCCR number of zero results <option>

NNZR = decimal number

With this parameter you define the number of zero results that can be omitted when the measurement results of the adjacent cells are averaged. The values range from 0 to 10.

NCCR other PCU cell offset <option>

NOPO = decimal number

With this parameter you define the used offset for power budget NCCR criterion of the neighbour cells under control of different PCU than the serving cell. The values range from 0 to 14 dB by steps of 2 dB.

QC GPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold

QGDRT = decimal number

With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.

QC GPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold

QGURT = decimal number

With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.

QC EGPRS DL RLC ack throughput threshold

QEDRT = decimal number

With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.

Page 155: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

155

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS

Id:0900d8058061d1df

QC EGPRS UL RLC ack throughput threshold

QEURT = decimal number

With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF. The values range from 0 to 20 kbit/s.

Examples 1. Modify the NCCR Rxlev transfer mode window size for BTS 32.

ZEQN:BTS=32:NRTW=6;

2. Modify the NCCR number of zero results for segment 105.

ZEQN:SEG=105:NNZR=3;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command example 1 is:

DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-06-18 18:04:34

GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:=========================================

SEG-0032 BIGCENTRUM32BCF-0021 BTS-0032 CENTRUM32-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... 6NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... 3NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... 4NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... 08 dBQC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. 6 kbit/sQC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. 6 kbit/sQC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. 10 kbit/sQC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. 10 kbit/s

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command example 2 is:

DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-07-13 10:46:44

GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:=========================================

SEG-0105 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0101 BTS-0112 CENTRUM112BCF-0101 BTS-0113 CENTRUM113BCF-0103 BTS-0125 CENTRUM125-------------------------------------

NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... 7NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... 6

Page 156: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

156 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1df

EQN MODIFY GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS

NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... 3NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... 04 dBQC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. 6 kbit/sQC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. 6 kbit/sQC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. 10 kbit/sQC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. 10 kbit/s

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.

Page 157: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

157

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>

Id:0900d8058061d1e2

EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <option>

Function With this command you modify data service parameters. The command is optional.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name , SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: HSCSD TCH capacity minimum, HSCSD cell load upper limit, HSCSD cell load lower limit, HSCSD regular cell load upper limit, HSCSD upgrade guard time, HSCSD down-grade guard time, HSCSD upgrade gain, HSCSD minimum exhaust;

SyntaxEQX : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( HTM = <HSCSD TCH capacity minimum> | HCU = <HSCSD cell load upper limit> | HCL = <HSCSD cell load lower limit> | HRCU = <HSCSD regular cell load upper limit> | HUT = <HSCSD upgrade guard time> | HDT = <HSCSD downgrade guard time> | HUG = <HSCSD upgrade gain> | HME = <HSCSD minimum exhaust> ) ... ; <option>

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only BTS-specific parameters. See table BTS-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

Page 158: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

158 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1e2

EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

If you give this parameter and the segment contains more than one BTS, you can modify only segment-specific parameters. See table SEG-specific parameters in command X in section Additional information.

HSCSD TCH capacity minimum

HTM = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the minimum TCH capacity in percent which is offered to HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls in the cell. In low traffic load situation, the HSCSD calls can have more TCHs than indicated by the parameter. Also, the minimum HSCSD capacity may not always be reached due to single-slot traffic con-gestion.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

HSCSD cell load upper limit

HCU = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for cell load when the multi-slot TCH allocation is stopped and the single-slot allocation is started for the HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls.

When the cell load is greater than the upper limit and the minimum HSCSD capacity is reached, only one channel is allocated for new non-transparent HSCSD calls, transpar-ent HSCSD calls are not started and one of the current HSCSD calls is downgraded for every incoming call. Downgradings are stopped and transparent HSCSD calls are allowed when either the number of HSCSD TCHs drops below the minimum HSCSD capacity or the cell load decreases below the upper limit.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

HSCSD cell load lower limit

HCL = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the lower limit in percent for cell load when the single-slot TCH allocation is stopped and the multi-slot allocation is started and resource upgrades are allowed for the HSCSD (High Speed Circuit Switched Data) calls.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

HSCSD regular cell load upper limit

HRCU = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for the cell load in the IUO regular frequency area when the multi-slot TCH allocation is stopped and the single-slot

Page 159: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

159

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>

Id:0900d8058061d1e2

allocation is started for the HSCSD calls. Resource upgrades are not done in the IUO regular frequency area.

The values range from 0 to 100%.

HSCSD upgrade guard time

HUT = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource upgrade for a HSCSD call is executed after call setup, handover, ALA, resource upgrade, or resource downgrade. If you set the parameter to value 0, resource upgrade is not done.

The values range from 0 to 65535 seconds.

HSCSD downgrade guard time

HDT = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource downgrade for a HSCSD call is executed after call setup, handover, ALA, resource upgrade, or resource downgrade. If you set the parameter to value 0, resource downgrade is not done.

The values range from 0 to 65535 seconds.

HSCSD upgrade gain

HUG = decimal number

With this parameter you determine the data rate gain which must be achieved before the resource upgrade can be done even though the upgrade guard time is not over.

The values are:

HSCSD minimum exhaust

HME = decimal number

With this parameter you determine how much the data rate should decrease at least during the downgrade of an HSCSD call. The values range from 1 - 4:

Parameter Value Explanation

HUG = 0 % No upgrade during guard time.

33 % Upgrade during guard time if gain is at least 33%.

50 % Upgrade during guard time if gain is at least 50%.

100 % Upgrade during guard time if gain is 100%.

Parameter Value Explanation

HME = 1 One TCH is always released in downgrade.

2 Downgrade is made from four to two, three to two, two to one TCHs.

Page 160: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

160 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1e2

EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>

Figure 13 TCHs after downgrade

Examples 1. Set BTS-8's HSCSD downgrade guard time to 25 seconds.

ZEQX:BTS=8:HDT=25;

2. Set BTS CENTRUM1's HSCSD cell load upper limit to 80%.

ZEQX:NAME=CENTRUM1:HCU=80;

Additional informa-tion

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQX:BTS=16:HTM=35;

is:

DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-11-29 08:21:34

DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS MODIFY COMPLETED:

3 Downgrade is made from four to two, three to one, two to one TCHs.

4 Only one TCH is always left after downgrade.

Parameter Value Explanation

TCHs after downgrade:

HME 2 1 1

4 1 1 1

123

4 3 2 TCHs before

3 2 1 TCHs after2 2 1 downgrade

Parameter Name

HTM HSCSD TCH capacity minimum

HCU HSCSD cell load upper limit

HCL HSCSD cell load lower limit

HRCU HSCSD regular cell load upper limit

Table 13 BTS-specific parameters in command X

Parameter Name

HUT HSCSD upgrade guard time

HDT HSCSD downgrade guard time

HUG HSCSD upgrade gain

HME HSCSD minimum exhaust

Table 14 SEG-specific parameters in command X

Page 161: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

161

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQX MODIFY DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS <op-tion>

Id:0900d8058061d1e2

========================================================

SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0016 CENTRUM16------------------------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

HSCSD TCH CAPACITY MINIMUM...............(HTM).... 35 %HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT..............(HCU).... 100 %HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT..............(HCL).... 100 %HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT......(HRCU)... 100 %HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME.................(HUT).... 0 sHSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME...............(HDT).... 0 sHSCSD UPGRADE GAIN.......................(HUG).... 0 %HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST....................(HME).... 1BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 162: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

162 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>Function With this command you modify the BTS adaptive multi-rate speech codec (AMR) param-

eters in the BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database). The command is optional and is supported by the following BTS generation types: Talk-family, PrimeSite, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, and Flexi Multiradio.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: AMR radio link timeout, AMR HR radio link timeout <option>, AMR FR codec mode set, AMR HR codec mode set, AMR-WB codec mode set: AMR FR start mode, AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI), AMR FR DL threshold 1, AMR FR DL threshold 2, AMR FR DL threshold 3, AMR FR UL threshold 1, AMR FR UL threshold 2, AMR FR UL threshold 3, AMR FR hysteresis 1, AMR FR hysteresis 2, AMR FR hysteresis 3, AMR HR start mode, AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI), AMR HR DL threshold 1, AMR HR DL threshold 2, AMR HR DL threshold 3, AMR HR UL threshold 1, AMR HR UL threshold 2 , AMR HR UL threshold 3, AMR HR hysteresis 1, AMR HR hysteresis 2, AMR HR hysteresis 3, AMR-WB FR threshold 1, AMR-WB FR threshold 2, AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1, AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2;

SyntaxEQY : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

( ARLT = <AMR radio link timeout> | AHRLT = <AMR HR radio link timeout> <option> | FRC = <AMR FR codec mode set> ... | HRC = <AMR HR codec mode set> ... | ACMS = <AMR-WB codec mode set> ) :

( FRS = <AMR FR start mode> | FRI = <AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)> | FRTD1 = <AMR FR DL threshold 1> | FRTD2 = <AMR FR DL threshold 2> | FRTD3 = <AMR FR DL threshold 3> | FRTU1 = <AMR FR UL threshold 1> | FRTU2 = <AMR FR UL threshold 2> | FRTU3 = <AMR FR UL threshold 3> | FRH1 = <AMR FR hysteresis 1> | FRH2 = <AMR FR hysteresis 2> | FRH3 = <AMR FR hysteresis 3> | HRS = <AMR HR start mode> | HRI = <AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)> | HRTD1 = <AMR HR DL threshold 1> | HRTD2 = <AMR HR DL threshold 2> | HRTD3 = <AMR HR DL threshold 3> | HRTU1 = <AMR HR UL threshold 1> | HRTU2 = <AMR HR UL threshold 2> | HRTU3 = <AMR HR UL threshold 3> | HRH1 = <AMR HR hysteresis 1> |

Page 163: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

163

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

HRH2 = <AMR HR hysteresis 2> | HRH3 = <AMR HR hysteresis 3> AFRT1 = <AMR-WB FR threshold 1> | AFRT2 = <AMR-WB FR threshold 2> | AFRH1 = <AMR-WB FR hysteresis 1> | AFRH2 = <AMR-WB FR hysteresis 2> ) ... ; <option>

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

AMR radio link timeout

ARLT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR connections.

The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time.

AMR HR radio link timeout <option>

AHRLT = decimal number

With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AMR HR connections.

The values range from 4 to 64 blocks, and can be changed by 4-block steps at a time.

AMR FR codec mode set

FRC = decimal number

Page 164: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

164 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a full rate channel. If the param-eter is defined as disabled, the whole codec mode set is disabled.

The values are 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 and you can give 0 - 4 values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

If the parameter is defined as disabled, other AMR FR set related parameters (thresh-olds, hystereses, ICMI, and start mode) are set as 0.

g From base transceiver station (BTS) software release DF6.0 onwards, Talk-family and PrimeSite base station (BTS) software supports adaptive multi-rate (AMR) full-rate (FR) speech codec modes 4.75, 5.90, 7.40, and 12.2 kbit/s only.

AMR HR codec mode set

HRC = decimal number

With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a half rate channel. If the param-eter is defined as disabled, the whole codec mode set is disabled.

The values are 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and you can give 0 - 4 values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

If the parameter is defined as disabled, other AMR HR set related parameters (thresh-olds, hystereses, ICMI, and start mode) are set as 0.

Parameter Value Explanation

FRC= 0 disabled

1 4.75 kbit/s

2 5.15 kbit/s

4 5.90 kbit/s

8 6.70 kbit/s

16 7.40 kbit/s

32 7.95 kbit/s

64 10.2 kbit/s

128 12.2 kbit/s

Parameter Value Explanation

HRC= 0 disabled

1 4.75 kbit/s

2 5.15 kbit/s

4 5.90 kbit/s

8 6.70 kbit/s

16 7.40 kbit/s

Page 165: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

165

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

g From base transceiver station (BTS) software release DF6.0 onwards, Talk-family and PrimeSite base station (BTS) software supports adaptive multi-rate (AMR) half-rate (HR) speech codec modes 4.75, 5.90, and 7.40 kbit/s only.

AMR-WB codec mode set

With this parameter you define whether the AMR-WB codec mode set is enabled or dis-abled.

The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

AMR FR start mode

With this parameter you define explicitly the initial codec mode used by the mobile station. The parameter has the following values:

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. AMR FR start mode can be set to be smaller than or equal to the number of codecs in the AMR FR codec mode set. For example, the AMR FR codec mode set contains 3 codec modes and, therefore, the actual range of AMR FR start mode is from 1 to 3.

AMR FR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)

With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in the AMR codec mode set or if it is implicitly derived by the mobile station from the number of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. The parameter has the following values:

Parameter Value Explanation

ACMS = N AMR-WB FR codec mode set is disabled

Y AMR-WB FR codec mode set is enabled

Parameter Value Explanation

FRS = 00 codec mode 1

01 codec mode 2

10 codec mode 3

11 codec mode 4

Parameter Value Explanation

FRI = 0 Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09.

1 Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.

Page 166: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

166 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. If the parameter is defined as 0, the AMR FR start mode parameter is set as 00.

AMR FR DL threshold 1

FRTD1 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR FR DL threshold 2

FRTD2 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 3.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

Parameter Value Explanation

FRTD1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

FRTD2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

Page 167: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

167

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

AMR FR DL threshold 3

FRTD3 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR FR UL threshold 1

FRTU1 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

FRTD3= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

FRTU1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 168: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

168 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

AMR FR UL threshold 2

FRTU2 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR FR UL threshold 3

FRTU3 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR FR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

FRTU2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

FRTU3= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 169: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

169

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

AMR FR hysteresis 1

FRH1 = decimal number

With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 1 or AMR FR UL threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.

AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.

AMR FR uplink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR FR hysteresis 2

FRH2 = decimal number

With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 2 or AMR FR UL threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.

AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1.

AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1.

AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3.

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

FRH1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

15 7.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 170: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

170 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR FR hysteresis 3

FRH3 = decimal number

With this parameter, together with AMR FR DL threshold 3 or AMR FR UL threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.

If the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.

AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.

AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR HR start mode

With this parameter you explicitly define the initial codec mode used by the mobile station. The parameter has the following values:

Parameter Value Explanation

FRH2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

15 7.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

FRH3= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

15 7.5 dB

Page 171: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

171

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 00. AMR HR start mode can be set to be smaller than or equal to the number of codecs in the AMR HR codec mode set. For example, the AMR HR codec mode set contains 3 codec modes and, therefore, the actual range of AMR HR start mode is from 1 to 3. The exception is that 7.40 kbit/s cannot be used as the initial codec mode.

AMR HR initial codec mode indicator (ICMI)

With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly in the AMR codec mode set or is it implicitly derived by the mobile station from the number of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. The parameter has the following values:

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0. If the parameter is defined as 0, the AMR HR start mode parameter is set as 00.

AMR HR DL threshold 1

HRTD1 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

Parameter Value Explanation

HRS = 00 Codec mode 1

01 Codec mode 2

10 Codec mode 3

11 Codec mode 4

Parameter Value Explanation

HRI = 0 Initial codec mode is defined by the implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09.

1 Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.

Parameter Value Explanation

HRTD1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

Page 172: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

172 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

AMR HR DL threshold 2

HRTD2 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 3.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR HR DL threshold 3

HRTD3 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR downlink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

HRTD2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

HRTD3= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 173: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

173

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

AMR HR UL threshold 1

HRTU1 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR HR UL threshold 2

HRTU2 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 1 and equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

HRTU1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

HRTU2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 174: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

174 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

AMR HR UL threshold 3

HRTU3 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AMR HR uplink threshold 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR HR hysteresis 1

HRH1 = decimal number

With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 1 or AMR HR UL threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.

AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.

AMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

HRTU3= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 175: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

175

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

AMR HR hysteresis 2

HRH2 = decimal number

With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 2 or AMR HR UL threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.

AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1.

AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1.

AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3.

AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR HR hysteresis 3

HRH3 = decimal number

Parameter Value Explanation

HRH1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

15 7.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

HRH2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

15 7.5 dB

Page 176: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

176 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

With this parameter, together with AMR HR DL threshold 3 or AMR HR UL threshold 3, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0.

If the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC.

AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.

AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

AMR-WB FR Threshold 1

AFRT1 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate).

The value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 must be equal to or smaller than the value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 2.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

Parameter Value Explanation

HRH3= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

15 7.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

AFRT1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Page 177: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

177

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

AMR-WB FR Threshold 2

AFRT2 = decimal number

With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate).

The value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 must be equal to or greater than the value of AMR-WB FR Threshold 1.

The values range from 0 to 63.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1

AFRH1 = decimal number

With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 1 (lowest bit rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate).

AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

Parameter Value Explanation

AFRT2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

62 31.0 dB

63 31.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

AFRH1= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

Page 178: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

178 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2

AFRH2 = decimal number

With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate).

AMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1.

The values range from 0 to 15.

The parameter is coded according to the following table:

The parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus, and Flexi Multiradio BTSs.

Examples 1. Modify the adaptive multi rate AMR codec parameters of BTS-20.

ZEQY:BTS=20:FRC=2&4&8&16:FRS=11,FRTD1=8,FRTD2=14,FRTD3=22;

Additional informa-tion

There are some restrictions related to the content of the AMR HR codec set:

1. The AMR HR codec mode 7.40 kbit/s cannot be used alone in the AMR HR codec set. At least one codec mode lower than 6.70 kbit/s must be included.

2. The use of AMR HR codec mode 6.70 kbit/s alone or together with the 7.40 kbit/s mode is not recommended in the AMR HR codec set. At least one codec mode lower than 6.70 kbit/s should be included.

3. If the initial codec mode is defined by the AMR HR start mode field, the 7.40 kbit/s mode cannot be used as the initial codec mode. It is not recommended to use the 6.70 kbit/s mode as the initial codec mode.

Execution printouts The execution printout of example 1 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:31

ADAPTIVE MULTI RATE SPEECH CODEC MODIFY COMPLETED:

15 7.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

AFRH2= 0 0.0 dB

1 0.5 dB

2 1.0 dB

. .

. .

. .

14 7.0 dB

15 7.5 dB

Parameter Value Explanation

Page 179: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

179

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

==================================================

SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20-----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(ARLT).. 12 SACCH BLOCKSAMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT....................(AHRLT). 12 SACCH BLOCKS

AMR FR CODEC MODE SET........................(FRC)... 7.40 6.70 5.90 5.15 kbit/sAMR FR START MODE............................(FRS)... 00AMR FR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(FRI)... 0AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTD1). 8.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTD2). 14.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTD3). 22.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTU1). 4.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTU2). 7.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTU3). 11.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(FRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(FRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(FRH3).. 2.0 dB

AMR HR CODEC MODE SET........................(HRC)... 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/sAMR HR START MODE............................(HRS)... 00AMR HR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(HRI)... 0AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTD1). 22.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTD2). 28.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTD3). 0.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTU1). 22.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTU2). 28.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTU3). 0.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(HRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(HRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(HRH3).. 0.0 dB

AMR-WB CODEC MODE SET........................(ACMS).. NAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 1........................(AFRT1). 4.0 dBAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 2........................(AFRT2). 7.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 1.......................(AFRH1). 2.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 2.......................(AFRH2). 2.0 dB

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Page 180: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

180 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058078e1fb

EQY MODIFY AMR PARAMETERS <option>

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 181: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

181

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1e9

EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option>

Function With this command you check the IUO interfering cells. The command is optional.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>;

SyntaxEQQ : [ BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... | SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ] ; <option>

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

Examples 1. Check all IUO interfering cells in BTS-8.

ZEQQ:BTS=8;

2. Check IUO interfering cells in BTS 8, 9, 10, and 13.

Page 182: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

182 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1e9

EQQ CHECK IUO INTERFERING CELL <option>

ZEQQ:BTS=8&&10&13;

Additional informa-tion

If the warning TOO MANY INTERFERING CELLS IN SUPER-REUSE FREQUENCY GROUP is given as output, reduce the number of interfering cells in the super-reuse fre-quency group.

The total number of interfering cells allowed is 10 in the same super-reuse frequency group. The total number includes different interfering cells of the super-reuse TRXs which belong to the same super-reuse frequency group.

Execution printouts The execution printout of command example 2 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-22 14:16:42TOO MANY INTERFERING CELLS IN SUPER-REUSE FREQUENCY GROUP:

NUMBER OF INTERFERING CELLS TOTAL==========================================BTS-0008 FRT-2 19 TRX-001 6 TRX-002 10 TRX-003 3

FRT-16 11 TRX-005 3 TRX-006 2 TRX-007 6

BTS-0009 FRT-8 14 TRX-001 7 TRX-002 5 TRX-003 2

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.

Page 183: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

183

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERSFunction With this command you output the BTS, GPC, or SEG-specific parameter groups in the

BSDATA (BSS Radio Network Configuration Database).

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, location area code, cell identity, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: parameter group;

SyntaxEQO : ( BTS = <BTS identification> ... | NAME = <BTS name> ... ) | ( LAC = <location area code>, CI = <cell identity> ) | ( SEG = <SEG identification> ... <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ... <option> ) :

[ <parameter group> | <IDE> def ] ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the base transceiver station by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

location area code

LAC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the location area number of a cell. The values range from 1 to 65533.

If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter CI. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.

cell identity

CI = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the cell. The values range from 0 to 65535.

If you enter this parameter, you must also enter the parameter LAC. You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.

Page 184: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

184 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

You can enter only one of the parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, SEGNAME, or LAC+CI in the same command.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

parameter group

With this parameter you define which BTS parameter group is output.

IDE BTS identification parameters

CEL cell access parameters

RAD radio link control DL parameters

QUE queuing parameters

CCH CCH configuration parameters

INT interference averaging parameters

MIS miscellaneous parameters

HOP frequency hopping parameters

BCC BCCH frequency list usage parameters <option>

TRU trunk reservation parameters <option>

GPRS GPRS parameters <option>

DAT data service parameters <option>

AMR AMR parameters <option>

GPC GPRS control parameters <option>

ALL all parameters

The default is the IDE parameter group.

Examples 1. Output the BTS identification parameter group of BTSs 1, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20.

ZEQO:BTS=1&16&&20;

2. Output the frequency hopping parameter group of BTSs 1, 2, and 3.

ZEQO:BTS=1&&3:HOP;

3. Output all BTS parameters of BTS-10.

ZEQO:BTS=10:ALL;

Page 185: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

185

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

4. Output all BTS parameters of BTSs HIGHWAY1 and CENTRUM1.

ZEQO:NAME=HIGHWAY1&CENTRUM1:ALL;

Additional informa-tion

If you deactivate a software product in the PRFILE, although you have specified the cor-responding parameter, a warning text is printed out. The software products and their cor-responding parameters are:

Execution printouts The abbreviations used in the execution printouts:

BB= Baseband hopping is used.

BL= Blocked.

BL-BCF= The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal BTS-site-wide failure.

BL-BTS= The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal sector-wide failure on the BTS site.

BL-CLK= The object is blocked out of use due to a clock synchronisation failure on the BTS site.

BL-DGN= The object is blocked temporarily out of use due to base station diag-nostic activities.

BL-PWR= The object is blocked out of use due to a mains power failure or manual TRX power down on the BTS site.

BL-PWS= The object is blocked out of use due to automatic power down.

BL-RSL= The object is blocked out of use due to a telecom Abis D-channel link disconnection.

BL-RST= The logical radio network object is blocked out of use due to the reset of the corresponding physical radio network equipment.

BL-SHD= The object will be blocked out of use within a time limit. New call attempts are prohibited via an object in the BL-SHD state and forced handovers are executed for ongoing calls via the object.

BL-SU= The object is blocked out of use due to a BCSU unit reset on the BSC.

BL-SWO= The object is blocked out of use due to File Based Plan Provisioning activation.

BL-SYS= The radio network management function class of the BSC has blocked the logical object out of use due to ongoing radio network recovery actions which are triggered because of fatal faults in the BSS radio network.

BL-TRX= The object is blocked out of use due to a fatal TRX-wide failure on the BTS site.

Software product Parameter

Directed retry DR (directed retry used)

Intelligent DR IDR (intelligent directed retry used)

Dual band GSM/GSM 1800 DBC (adjacency on other band)

Enhanced trunk reservation TR (trunk reservation used)

C2 microcell re-select PI (cell reselection parameter index)

Table 15 PRFILE SW products and the corresponding parameters

Page 186: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

186 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

BL-TST= The object is blocked temporarily out of use due to radio network testing activities.

BL-USR= The operator has blocked the object out of use. The administrative state of the object is locked or the related higher-level object is locked.

BL-WAC= The object is blocked out of use, because it is waiting for the Autocon-figuration or the Automatic Picocell Planning.

CS = DFCA MA List is for CS use.

PCU IS NOT UP TO DATE = DLDC information of the BTS is not updated to PCU.

PCU IS UP TO DATE = DLDC information of the BTS is updated to PCU.

PS = DFCA MA List is for PS use.

RF= Radio frequency hopping is used.

WO= The object is in the normal function state. From the viewpoint of the BSS call control functions, the WORKING radio network resource is avail-able for call control use.

1) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=1:IDE; is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-19 13:54:32

BTS IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS:==============================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

CELL IDENTITY............................(CI)..... 00012FREQUENCY BAND IN USE....................(BAND)... 900CELL NUMBER IN BTS HW....................(CHW).....0

BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC)

NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... 2

BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 4

LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567

BTS HOPPING MODE.........................(HOP).... RFUNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE................(UHOP)... NANTENNA HOPPING..........................(AHOP)... N

Page 187: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

187

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LIST......(MAL).... 2 UNDERLAY MOBILE ALLOC FREQ LIST.......(UMAL)... - DFCA MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQUENCY LISTS(DMAL)... CS: 1 3 PS: 1 3 DFCA UNSYNCHRONIZED MODE MA FREQ LIST.(DUMAL).. 3

HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1.............(HSN1)... 3 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2.............(HSN2)... 4 UNDERLAY HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER......(UHSN)... 0

COMMAND EXECUTED

2) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=20:CEL;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

CELL ACCESS PARAMETERS:=======================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0020 CENTRUM20-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

CELL BARRED..............................(BAR).... YCALL REESTABLISHMENT ALLOWED.............(RE)..... NEMERGENCY CALL RESTRICTED................(EC)..... NPLMN PERMITTED...........................(PLMN)... 01,04,06NOT ALLOWED ACCESS CLASSES...............(ACC).... 03,07,11,12,15ADJACENCY ON OTHER BAND..................(DBC)... Y *)DIRECTED RETRY USED......................(DR)..... Y *)INTELLIGENT DIRECTED RETRY USED..........(IDR).... Y *)CELL TYPE................................(CTY).... GSMMIN TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MIDR)... 0MAX TIME LIMIT DIRECTED RETRY............(MADR)... 5DIRECTED RETRY METHOD....................(DRM).... 0

*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE

COMMAND EXECUTED

3) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=1:RAD;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32

RADIO LINK CONTROL DL PARAMETERS:=================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------

Page 188: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

188 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS.................(HYS).... 02 dBMS TXPWR MAX CCH.........................(TXP1)... 27 dBmMS TXPWR MAX CCH 1x00....................(TXP2)... 30 dBmRXLEV ACCESS MIN.........................(RXP)....-100 dBmRADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(RLT).... 12 SACCH BLOCKSPOWER OFFSET.............................(PO)..... 00 dBGPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN....................(GRXP)...-100 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH....................(GTXP1).. 11 dBmGPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH1x00................(GTXP2).. 30 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV UPPER LIMIT....(GPU)....-95 dBmGPRS NON BCCH LAYER RXLEV LOWER LIMIT....(GPL)....-100 dBmDIRECT GPRS ACCESS THRESHOLD.............(DIRE)... 0 dBmRA RESELECT HYSTERESIS...................(RRH).... 02 dBC31 HYSTERESIS...........................(CHYS)... YPRIORITY CLASS...........................(PRC).... 7HCS THRESHOLD............................(HCS).... N

COMMAND EXECUTED

4) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=1:QUE;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

QUEUEING PARAMETERS:====================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

MAX QUEUE LENGTH.........................(MQL).... 020 %TIME LIMIT CALL..........................(TLC).... 12 SECONDSTIME LIMIT HANDOVER......................(TLH).... 12 SECONDSQUEUE PRIORITY USED......................(QPU).... Y QUEUEING PRIORITY CALL................(QPC).... 05 QUEUEING PRIORITY URGENT HANDOVER.....(QPH).... 04 QUEUEING PRIORITY NON-URGENT HANDOVER.(QPN).... 06MS PRIORITY USED.........................(MPU).... N

COMMAND EXECUTED

5) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=1:CCH;

is:

Page 189: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

189

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

CCH CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS:=============================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

NUMBER OF BLOCKS FOR ACCESS GRANT MSG....(AG)..... 01NUMBER OF MULTIFRAMES....................(MFR).... 04TIMER FOR PERIODIC MS LOCATION UPDATING..(PER).... 04.6 HOURSALLOW IMSI ATTACH DETACH.................(ATT).... Y

COMMAND EXECUTED

6) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=1:INT;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

INTERFERENCE AVERAGING PARAMETERS:==================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM20-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

C/N THRESHOLD............................(CNT).... 35 dBAVERAGING PERIOD.........................(AP)..... 20BOUNDARY 0...............................(BO0)....-110 dBmBOUNDARY 1...............................(BO1)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 2...............................(BO2)....-100 dBmBOUNDARY 3...............................(BO3)....- 80 dBmBOUNDARY 4...............................(BO4)....- 70 dBmBOUNDARY 5...............................(BO5)....- 47 dBm

COMMAND EXECUTED

7) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=1:MIS;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32

Page 190: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

190 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS:=========================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

DTX MODE.................................(DTX).... 0 (MS MAY USE DTX)BTS MEASURE AVERAGE......................(BMA).... 01MS TX PWR MAX GSM........................(PMAX1).. 25 dBmMS TX PWR MAX GSM1X00....................(PMAX2).. 26 dBmMS TX PWR MIN............................(PMIN)... 15 dBmMAX NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSION.............(RET).... 04MAX NUMBER OF REPETITION.................(NY1).... 20NUMBER OF SLOTS SPREAD TRANS.............(SLO).... 03SMS CB USED..............................(CB)..... YBTS LOAD THRESHOLD.......................(BLT).... 060 %MS MAX DISTANCE IN CALL SETUP............(DMAX)... 025 (13.75 km)TRX PRIORITY IN TCH ALLOCATION...........(TRP).... 0CELL LOAD FOR CHANNEL SEARCH.............(CLC).... 0 %RX DIVERSITY.............................(RDIV)... NTCH RATE INTRA-CELL HANDOVER.............(TRIH)... 1 (CALL SERVING TYPE AND SPEECH CODEC HAS TO BE ALLOCATED PRIMARILY)LOWER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRL).... 20 %UPPER LIMIT FOR FR TCH RESOURCES.........(FRU).... 80 %AMR LOWER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRL)... 40 %AMR UPPER LIMIT FOR SEG FR RESOURCES.....(AFRU)... 60 %NEW ESTABLISHMENT CAUSES SUPPORT.........(NECI)... Y *)RADIUS EXTENSION.........................(EXT).... 21 kmSUPER RADIUS EXTENSION...................(SEXT)... 55 kmMULTIBAND CELL REPORTING.................(MBR).... 1EARLY SENDING INDICATION.................(ESI).... YNON BCCH LAYER OFFSET....................(NBL).... 0 dBmBTS LOAD IN SEG..........................(LSEG)... 70 %SCALE ORD................................(SCO).... 0AMH UPPER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(AUT).... 80 %AMH LOWER LOAD THRESHOLD.................(ALT).... 20 %AMH MAX LOAD OF TARGET CELL..............(AML).... 70 %TRHO GUARD TIME..........................(TGT).... 30 sDL NOISE LEVEL...........................(DLN).... -110 dBmUL NOISE LEVEL...........................(ULN).... -110 dBmSTIRC ENABLED............................(STIRC).. NEXTENDED BCCH ENABLED....................(EBENA).. NIMMEDIATE SDCCH HO ENABLED...............(ISIC)... 0 (DISABLED)POWER SAVE PARAMETERS: 2G TRX POWER DOWN THRESHOLD (TCHs)........ (PWDT).. 0 (NOT USED) 2G TRX POWER UP THRESHOLD (TCHs).......... (PWUT).. 5MERGED PGSM900 AND EGSM900 ENABLED............(MPE)... N

Page 191: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

191

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

C2 RESELECTION PARAMETERS : CELL RESELECTION PARAMETER INDEX......(PI)..... Y *) CELL BAR QUALIFY......................(QUA).... N CELL RESELECT OFFSET..................(REO).... 112 dB TEMPORARY OFFSET......................(TEO).... 50 dB PENALTY TIME..........................(PET).... 600 sISHO RESELECTION PARAMETERS: THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS...........(QSRI)... never GPRS THRESHOLD TO SEARCH UTRAN CELLS......(QSRP)... never FDD AND TDD CELL RESELECT OFFSET..........(FDD).... 0 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD.....................(FDM).... -20 dB MINIMUM FDD THRESHOLD OFFSET..............(FDMO)... 2 dB MINIMUM RSCP THRESHOLD....................(FDR).... -100 dBm BTSPLUS SPECIFIC PARAMETERS: SDCCH MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING..... (SMREPS).. N INTERVAL MEASUREMENT REPORT SENDING.. (IMREPS).. 10 FACCH BUSY THRESHOLD................. (FACHBT).. 109 dBm RACH BUSY THRESHOLD.................. (RACHBT).. 109 dBm REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD DL... (RSRDL)... 10 REPEATED SACCH RX LEV THRESHOLD UL... (RSRUL)... 7 REPEATED SACCH IN DL................. (RSDL).... DISABLED REPEATED SACCH IN UL................. (RSUL).... DISABLED ENABLE TEMPORARY OVERPOWER........... (ETOP).... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN DL................. (RFDL).... DISABLED REPEATED FACCH IN UL................. (RFUL).... DISABLED APPLY REPEATED FACCH................. (ARF)..... N CARRIER UNIT CONFIGURATION........... (CUCONF).. HOMOGENEOUS TX DIVERSITY TIME SHIFT.............. (TXDIV)... DISABLEDDFCA PARAMETERS: DFCA MODE................................(DMOD).. OFF FORCED HR MODE C/I AVERAGING PERIOD......(FHR)... 15 min FORCED HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.............(FHT)... 0 dB FORCED AMR HR MODE C/I THRESHOLD.........(FAHT).. 0 dB FORCED HR MODE HYSTERESIS................(FHH)... 3 dB BSC-BSC INTERFACE STATUS......................... - DFCA TRX FAULT STATUS............................ -IBHO PARAMETERS: IBHO GSM ENABLED...........................(IGE)... NO IBHO WCDMA ENABLED.........................(IWE)... NOLTE CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS:GSM PRIORITY...........................(GPRIO).... 4 WCDMA PRIORITY.........................(WPRIO).... 5PRIORITY SEARCH THRESHOLD..............(PSTHR).... -50 dBLOW PRIORITY THRESHOLD.................(LPTHR).... -98 dBRESELECTION ALGORITHM HYSTERESIS.......(HPRIO).... 5 dBTIME HYSTERESIS........................(TIMEH).... 10 s

*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE

COMMAND EXECUTED

Page 192: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

192 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

8) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=7&&11:HOP;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 12:54:32

FREQUENCY HOPPING PARAMETERS:=============================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0020 BTS-0007 CITY7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... BB (BASEBAND HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1......(HSN1)... 12 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2......(HSN2)... 16 MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 *) MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 *) MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... - *)

UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... BB (BASEBAND HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 10 UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 0 *) UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 *) UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... - *)

DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... DFCA DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: 1 PS: 1 DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. - *)

MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT:

THERE IS NO OVERLAY TRX UNDER BTS

DFCA TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7TRX-003 L BL-US 976 - - - - - - - -

SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0008 CITY8-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

Page 193: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

193

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF (RF HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 8 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 120 124

UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... RF (RF HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 0 UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 0 UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... -

DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -

MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT

OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7 TRX-005 U WO 24 BCCH - - - - - - - TRX-006 U WO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TRX-007 U WO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TRX-008 U WO 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS

SEG-0002 BIG63CENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0009 CITY9-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF (RF HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 6 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 3 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 120 124

UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... RF (RF HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 0

Page 194: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

194 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 0 UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... -

DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -

MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT

OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7TRX-009 U WO 64 BCCH - - - - - - -TRX-010 U WO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3TRX-011 U WO 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4TRX-012 U WO 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS

*) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE

SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0002 BTS-0010 CITY10-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... RF (RF HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 20 HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 6 MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... 110 FREQUENCIES: 4 6 12 96 102 108 114 120 124

UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... RF (RF HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... 22 UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... 9 UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... 112 FREQUENCIES: 1 3 21 23 45 49 77 81 85 89 113 117 119 121

DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: -

Page 195: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

195

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. -

MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT

OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7TRX-013 U WO 96 BCCH - - - - - - -TRX-014 U WO 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6TRX-015 U WO 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7TRX-016 U WO 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

UNDERLAY TRXS:TRX-001 U WO 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9TRX-002 U WO 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10TRX-003 U WO 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11TRX-004 U WO 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

*) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE

SEG-0003 BIGCENTRUM3BCF-0003 BTS-0011 CITY11-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

BTS HOPPING MODE..................(HOP).... N (NOT HOPPING) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 1 .....(HSN1)... 0 *) HOPPING SEQUENCE NUMBER 2 .....(HSN2)... 0 *) MAIO OFFSET....................(MO)..... 0 *) MAIO STEP......................(MS)..... 1 *) MOBILE ALLOCATION FREQ LIST....(MAL).... - *)

UNDERLAY BTS HOPPING MODE.........(UHOP)... N (NOT HOPPING) UNDERLAY HOP SEQ NUMBER........(UHSN)... - *) UNDERLAY MAIO OFFSET...........(UMO).... - *) UNDERLAY MAIO STEP.............(UMS).... 1 *) UNDERLAY MA FREQUENCY LIST.....(UMAL)... - *)

DFCA MODE ........................(DMOD)... OFF DFCA MA FREQ LIST(S)...........(DMAL)... CS: - PS: - DFCA UNSYNC MODE MA FREQ LIST..(DUMAL).. - *)

MAIO VALUES PER RADIO TIMESLOT

OVERLAY TRXS: ADM. OP. STATE STATE FREQ RTSL0 RTSL1 RTSL2 RTSL3 RTSL4 RTSL5 RTSL6 RTSL7

Page 196: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

196 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

TRX-001 U WO 100 BCCHTRX-002 U WO 104TRX-003 L BL-USR 110TRX-004 U WO 116

THERE IS NO UNDERLAY TRX UNDER BTS

*) NOT RELEVANT IN THIS HOPPING MODE

COMMAND EXECUTED

9) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=4:TRU;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

TRUNK RESERVATION PARAMETERS:=============================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0004 COUNTRY2-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

TRUNK RESERVATION USED...................(TR)..... Y *)LIMIT FOR FREE TCHS......................(LIMIT).. 12TCHS RESERVED FOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBERS...(TCRP)... 0RESTRICTED USE OF PRIORITY CHANNELS......(RUP).... NRESERVATION METHOD.......................(REM).... STAT

TRAFFIC TYPE TABLE 1 (GSM CALL SETUP) 6 2 (MCN CALL SETUP) 4 3 (GSM HANDOVER) - 4 (MCN HANDOVER) 5 5 (PRIORITY CALL SETUP) - 6 (PRIORITY HANDOVER) 1 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 -

*) NOT ACTIVE IN PRFILE

COMMAND EXECUTED

10) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=7:BCC;

is:

Page 197: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

197

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

BCCH FREQUENCY LIST USAGE PARAMETERS:=====================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

ID. OF BCCH FREQUENCY LIST........(IDLE)... 10BCCH ALLOC. USAGE FOR ACTIVE MS...(ACT).... ADJ (ADJACENT CELL LIST USED)MEASUREMENT BCCH ALLOCATION LIST..(MEAS)... Y

COMMAND EXECUTED

11) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=7:DAT;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 12:54:32

DATA SERVICE PARAMETERS:=====================================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

HSCSD TCH CAPASITY MINIMUM...............(HTM).... 35 %HSCSD CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT..............(HCU).... 100 %HSCSD CELL LOAD LOWER LIMIT..............(HCL).... 100 %HSCSD REGULAR CELL LOAD UPPER LIMIT......(HRCU)... 100 %HSCSD UPGRADE GUARD TIME.................(HUT).... 0 sHSCSD DOWNGRADE GUARD TIME...............(HDT).... 0 sHSCSD UPGRADE GAIN.......................(HUG).... 0 %HSCSD MINIMUM EXHAUST....................(HME).... 1COMMAND EXECUTED

12) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=7:GPRS;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-10-19 13:54:32

BTS GPRS PARAMETERS:========================================

Page 198: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

198 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0001 BTS-0007 CENTRUM7-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

GPRS ENABLED.....................................(GENA)... Y PACKET SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIER..............(PSEI)... 13

SERVING PCU BCSU INDEX................................... 0 PCU INDEX.................................... 3 PCU ID....................................... 2 PCU OBJECT STATE............................. WORKING

BSSGP VIRTUAL CONNECTION IDENTIFIER...........(BVCI)... 10001 NETWORK SERVICE ENTITY IDENTIFIERS AND BVC'S OP.STATES IN NSE: (NSEI)... 00001 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00004 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 00235 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 01325 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 21473 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 23453 (BVC)... WO-EX (NSEI)... 34733 (BVC)... BL-SY (NSEI)... 46326 (BVC)... BL-SY ROUTING AREA IDENTIFICATION......................(RAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...........................(MCC).... 110 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...........................(MNC).... 20 LOCATION AREA CODE............................(LAC).... 34560 ROUTING AREA CODE.............................(RAC).... 10EGPRS ENABLED....................................(EGENA).. NDEDICATED GPRS CAPACITY..........................(CDED)... 50 %DEFAULT GPRS CAPACITY............................(CDEF)... 50 %MAX GPRS CAPACITY................................(CMAX)....50 %PREFER BCCH FREQUENCY GPRS.......................(BFG).... 1DL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD................(DLA).... 20 %UL ADAPTION PROBABILITY THRESHOLD................(ULA).... 10 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION NO HOP...........(DLB).... 68 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION NO HOP...........(ULB).... 87 %DL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION HOP..............(DLBH)... 11 %UL BLER CROSSPOINT CS SELECTION HOP..............(ULBH)... 24 %CODING SCHEME NO HOP.............................(COD).... 2CODING SCHEME HOP................................(CODH)... 0INITIAL MCS FOR ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(MCA).... 9INITIAL MCS FOR UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(MCU).... 6MAXIMUM BLER IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE................(BLA).... 90 %MAXIMUM BLER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..............(BLU).... 10 (1%)MEAN BEP OFFSET GMSK.............................(MBG).... 4MEAN BEP OFFSET 8PSK.............................(MBP).... 4EGPRS LINK ADAPTATION ENABLED....................(ELA).... 2CODING SCHEMES CS3 AND CS4 ENABLED...............(CS34)... YDL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(DCSA)... 3

Page 199: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

199

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

UL CODING SCHEME IN ACKNOWLEDGED MODE............(UCSA)... 3DL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(DCSU)... 5UL CODING SCHEME IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE..........(UCSU)... 5ADAPTIVE LA ALGORITHM............................(ALA).... YEXTENDED CELL GPRS/EDGE ENABLED..................(EXGENA). NEXTENDED CELL LOCATION KEEP PERIOD...............(EXKEEP). 15 sDL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(DCSEA).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE...(UCSEA).. 1DL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(DCSEU).. 1UL CODING SCHEME IN EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.(UCSEU).. 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA ACKNOWLEDGED MODE.......(MCEA)... 1INITIAL MCS FOR EXT AREA UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE.....(MCEU)... 1BTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFU).... 12 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR CS1-CS4.............(TFD).... 12 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS4...........(TFUM1).. 16 kbit/sBTS UL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFUM)... 30 kbit/sBTS DL THROUGHPUT FACTOR FOR MCS1-MCS9...........(TFDM)... 30 kbit/sEGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM WEEKDAYS..................(EAW).... MO WE FREGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM START TIME................(EAS).... 08-00EGPRS INACTIVITY ALARM END TIME..................(EAE).... 18-00DLDC ENABLED.....................................(DCENA).. NPCU UP TO DATE...................................(PUTD)... YDTM ENABLED......................................(DENA)... N

COMMAND EXECUTED

13) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=1:AMR;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:31

BTS ADAPTIVE MULTI RATE CODEC (AMR) PARAMETERS:===============================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

AMR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT.......................(ARLT).. 12 SACCH BLOCKSAMR HR RADIO LINK TIMEOUT....................(AHRLT). 12 SACCH BLOCKS

AMR FR CODEC MODE SET........................(FRC)... 12.2 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/sAMR FR START MODE............................(FRS)... 00AMR FR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(FRI)... 0AMR FR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTD1). 8.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTD2). 14.0 dBAMR FR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTD3). 22.0 dB

Page 200: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

200 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d80580802591

EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

AMR FR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(FRTU1). 8.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(FRTU2). 14.0 dBAMR FR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(FRTU3). 22.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(FRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(FRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR FR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(FRH3).. 2.0 dB

AMR HR CODEC MODE SET........................(HRC)... 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit/sAMR HR START MODE............................(HRS)... 00AMR HR INITIAL CODEC MODE INDICATOR (ICMI)...(HRI)... 0AMR HR DL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTD1). 22.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTD2). 28.0 dBAMR HR DL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTD3). 0.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 1........................(HRTU1). 22.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 2........................(HRTU2). 28.0 dBAMR HR UL THRESHOLD 3........................(HRTU3). 0.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 1..........................(HRH1).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 2..........................(HRH2).. 2.0 dBAMR HR HYSTERESIS 3..........................(HRH3).. 0.0 dB

AMR-WB CODEC MODE SET........................(ACMS).. YAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 1........................(AFRT1). 3.0 dBAMR-WB FR THRESHOLD 2........................(AFRT2). 7.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 1.......................(AFRH1). 2.0 dBAMR-WB FR HYSTERESIS 2.......................(AFRH2). 2.0 dB

COMMAND EXECUTED

14) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:BTS=11:GPC;

is:

DX 200 DX220-LAB 2007-06-08 14:41:37

GPRS CONTROL PARAMETERS:========================

SEG-0011 BIGCENTRUM11BCF-0010 BTS-0011 CENTRUM11-------------------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... UNLOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... WO

NCCR RXLEV TRANSFER MODE WINDOW SIZE...........(NRTW)... 4NCCR RXLEV IDLE MODE WINDOW SIZE...............(NRIW)... 6NCCR NUMBER OF ZERO RESULTS....................(NNZR)... 5NCCR OTHER PCU CELL OFFSET.....................(NOPO)... 10 dBQC GPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGDRT).. 6 kbit/sQC GPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD........(QGURT).. 6 kbit/sQC EGPRS DL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEDRT).. 10 kbit/sQC EGPRS UL RLC ACK THROUGHPUT THRESHOLD.......(QEURT).. 10 kbit/s

Page 201: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

201

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQO OUTPUT BTS PARAMETERS

Id:0900d80580802591

COMMAND EXECUTED

15) The execution printout of the command

ZEQO:SEG=1:IDE;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

SEG IDENTIFICATION PARAMETERS :===============================

SEG-0001 BIGCENTRUM1BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1BCF-0020 BTS-0002 CENTRUM2BCF-0020 BTS-0003 CENTRUM3----------------------------–––––––––CELL IDENTITY............................(CI)..... 00012

BS IDENTITY CODE.........................(BSIC)

NETWORK COLOUR CODE...................(NCC).... 3

BTS COLOUR CODE.......................(BCC).... 4

LOCATION AREA ID.........................(LAI) MOBILE COUNTRY CODE...................(MCC).... 111 MOBILE NETWORK CODE...................(MNC).... 22 LOCATION AREA CODE....................(LAC).... 34567

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.

Page 202: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

202 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1f1

EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MA-TRIX DATA <option>

EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFER-ENCE MATRIX DATA <option>

Function With this command you output the background interference matrix data. The command is optional.

Background interference matrix (BIM) tables contain cell-level information. However, you can identify the target of the command with parameters BTS, NAME, SEG, and SEGNAME.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name, SEG identification <option>, SEG name <option>: infor-mation group;

Syntax EQI : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> | SEG = <SEG identification> <option> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> <option> ) :

[ <information group> | <IBT> def ] ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters NAME, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and && when the SEGMENT_USAGE option is OFF.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, SEG, or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character & when the SEGMENT_USAGE option is OFF.

SEG identification <option>

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEGNAME.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping characters & and &&.

SEG name <option>

SEGNAME = text string

Page 203: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

203

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MA-TRIX DATA <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1f1

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameters BTS, NAME, or SEG.

You can enter several values at the same time by using the grouping character &.

information group

With this parameter you define which background interference matrix data group you want to output.

IBT incoming interference BIM table

OBT outgoing interference BIM table

NCB neighbour candidates for BIM update

ALL all BIM data related to the cell

The default is the IBT information group.

Examples 1. Output the incoming background interference matrix data for BTS-20.

ZEQI:BTS=20:ALL;

2. Output the incoming background interference matrix data for SEG-20.

ZEQI:SEG=20:IBT;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command example 1 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

BTS-0020 BIGCENTRUM2

BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA

INCOMING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA

BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 130 2 4 34567 65535 660 7 10928374 157 2 3 13560 5523 128 9 ------ 144 2 5 3567 23543 34 7 15455555

NEIGHBOUR CANDIDATES FOR BIM UPDATE

BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 111 1 6 ----- ----- ----- ---- ------ 88 2 3 ----- ----- ----- ---- ------ 6 4 1 ----- ----- ----- ---- ------

OUTGOING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA

Page 204: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

204 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1f1

EQI OUTPUT BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MA-TRIX DATA <option>

BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 13 3 3 345 33243 234 2 00010974 333 7 3 42325 22 321 11 ------ 543 2 6 67 543 34 7 00154555

COMMAND EXECUTED

The execution printout of the command example 2 is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM2

BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA

INCOMING BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE MATRIX DATA

BCCH NCC BCC LAC CELL SEG C/I SIGNALLINGFREQ CODE CODE CODE ID ID RATIO POINT CODE===== ==== ==== ===== ===== ===== ===== ========== 130 2 4 34567 65535 660 7 10928374 157 2 3 13560 5523 128 9 ------ 144 2 5 3567 23543 34 7 15455555

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Error Messages of System.

Page 205: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

205

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1f4

EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>Function With this command you change the segment of a BTS object in the BSDATA (BSS

Radio Network Configuration Database). The command is optional. The target and object segments have to be in the LOCKED state.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: SEG identification, SEG name: cell identity: network colour code, BTS colour code: mobile country code, mobile network code, location area code;

SyntaxEQU : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) :

( SEG = <SEG identification> | SEGNAME = <SEG name> ) :

( CI = <cell identity> :

NCC = <network colour code>, BCC = <BTS colour code> :

MCC = <mobile country code>, MNC = <mobile network code>, LAC = <location area code> ) ... ; <option>

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS by itsl number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

When the segment contains only one BTS, you cannot move the BTS to a new segment.

This parameter is obligatory if parameter NAME is not given.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the BTS by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 char-acters.

When the segment contains only one BTS, you cannot move the BTS to a new segment.

This parameter is obligatory if parameter BTS is not given.

SEG identification

SEG = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the segment. The value range is the same as the BTS identification value range.

The number of BTSs a segment can contain depends on the BTS site type. For more information on the possible combinations of different site types under the same segment, see Multi BCF Control in BSC.

Page 206: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

206 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1f4

EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>

SEG name

SEGNAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the segment by its name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

The number of BTSs a segment can contain depends on the BTS site type. For more information on the possible combinations of different site types under the same segment, see Multi BCF Control in BSC.

cell identity

CI = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the cell number. The values range from 0 to 65535. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.

network colour code

NCC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the network colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.

BTS colour code

BCC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number. The values range from 0 to 7. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.

mobile country code

MCC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number. The values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.

mobile network code

MNC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the mobile network code number. The values range from 0 to 99. Optional values range from 0 to 999. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.

☞ Because the value of the mobile network code parameters (MNC, MNC1...MNC10, BMNC1...BMNC10, TMNC, and NEWMNC) in the entire GSM network is a binary-coded decimal number, the preceding zeros are significant. For example 1, 01, and 001 are different values. The use of a one-digit MNC is not allowed.

location area code

LAC = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the location area code number. The values range from 1 to 65533. The parameter is obligatory when you move a BTS to a new segment.

Examples 1. Move BTS-2 from segment 1 to segment 2.

ZEQU:BTS=2:SEG=2;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQU:BTS=2:SEG=2;

Page 207: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

207

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQU CHANGE SEGMENT OF BTS <option>

Id:0900d8058061d1f4

when the segment is already created is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

BTS SEGMENT CHANGE COMPLETED:===============================

SEG-0002 BIGCENTRUM2BCF-0020 BTS-0002 CENTRUM2----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.

Page 208: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

208 DN9813242Issue 25-5

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC

Id:0900d8058061d1fa

EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE

EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATEFunction With this command you change the administrative state of the BTS.

Parameters BTS identification, BTS name: administrative state: forced handover, time limit;

SyntaxEQS : ( BTS = <BTS identification> | NAME = <BTS name> ) :

<administrative state> :

[ <forced handover> | <immediate lock> ] [ <time limit> | <300 sec> def ] ... ;

Parameter explana-tions

BTS identification

BTS = decimal number

With this parameter you identify the BTS with a decimal number. The value range depends on the BSC hardware configuration and the corresponding options.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter NAME.

BTS name

NAME = text string

With this parameter you identify the base transceiver station by name. The name can contain 1 to 15 characters.

If you give this parameter, you cannot give the parameter BTS.

administrative state

With this parameter you define the new administrative state of the BTS. When you change the administrative state of a segment, all administrative states of the BTSs in the segment must be changed. The values are:

L locked state

U unlocked state

The parameter is obligatory.

forced handover FHO

With this parameter you force handovers in order to clear the traffic in the BTS.

You can enter this parameter only when the administrative state is changed from UNLOCKED to LOCKED.

The default is that the BTS is set to LOCKED state immediately, and calls are cut off.

time limit

With this parameter you define the time in seconds after which traffic is cleared in the specified BTS. If the traffic is not cleared by forced handovers by the end of the time limit, the calls are cut off.

The values range from 1 to 500 seconds. The default value is 300 seconds.

Page 209: eq-bts_handling_bsc_dn9813242_25-5_en[1]

DN9813242Issue 25-5

209

EQ - Base Transceiver Station Handling in BSC EQS CHANGE BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE

Id:0900d8058061d1fa

Examples 1. Change the administrative state of BTS-20 from UNLOCKED to LOCKED with forced handovers and the default time limit.

ZEQS:BTS=20:L:FHO;

2. Change the administrative state of BTS-20 from LOCKED to UNLOCKED.

ZEQS:BTS=20:U;

3. Change the administrative state of BTS CENTRUM1 from LOCKED to UNLOCKED.

ZEQS:NAME=CENTRUM1:U;

Execution printouts The execution printout of the command

ZEQS:BTS=1:L;

is:

BSC BSC-LAB 2007-11-29 13:54:32

BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE CHANGED:=================================

SEG-0020 BIGCENTRUM20BCF-0020 BTS-0001 CENTRUM1----------------------------BTS ADMINISTRATIVE STATE ... LOCKEDBTS OPERATIONAL STATE ...... BL-USR

BSC DATABASE UPDATED

COMMAND EXECUTED

Semantic error messages

If an error occurs, the general semantic error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see General Notice Messages of MML Session.

Execution error messages

If an error occurs, the general execution error messages of the MML commands are output. For more information, see Radio Network Administration and General Error Messages of System.